WO2006084888A2 - C-terminally pegylated growth hormones - Google Patents
C-terminally pegylated growth hormones Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2006084888A2 WO2006084888A2 PCT/EP2006/050822 EP2006050822W WO2006084888A2 WO 2006084888 A2 WO2006084888 A2 WO 2006084888A2 EP 2006050822 W EP2006050822 W EP 2006050822W WO 2006084888 A2 WO2006084888 A2 WO 2006084888A2
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- kda
- amino
- molecular weight
- mpeg
- around
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000000122 growth hormone Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 44
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 66
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 161
- 229920001427 mPEG Polymers 0.000 claims description 118
- -1 methoxy poly- ethylen glycol Chemical compound 0.000 claims description 84
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 claims description 55
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 53
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 claims description 48
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 43
- 102000018997 Growth Hormone Human genes 0.000 claims description 40
- 108010051696 Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 claims description 40
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 40
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 claims description 35
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 35
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 34
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 26
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 25
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 23
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 23
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 20
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 20
- 102000005572 Cathepsin A Human genes 0.000 claims description 19
- 108010059081 Cathepsin A Proteins 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 19
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 claims description 17
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 claims description 17
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 claims description 14
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- 229960003121 arginine Drugs 0.000 claims description 14
- 235000009697 arginine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 235000018977 lysine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 229960002885 histidine Drugs 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 208000005968 HIV-Associated Lipodystrophy Syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 235000008521 threonine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 11
- 206010056438 Growth hormone deficiency Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000000043 benzamido group Chemical group [H]N([*])C(=O)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 10
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 claims description 10
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 235000014705 isoleucine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 10
- QLNJFJADRCOGBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N propionamide Chemical compound CCC(N)=O QLNJFJADRCOGBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 229940080818 propionamide Drugs 0.000 claims description 10
- 229960002898 threonine Drugs 0.000 claims description 10
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 102000002265 Human Growth Hormone Human genes 0.000 claims description 9
- 108010000521 Human Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000000854 Human Growth Hormone Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 210000003127 knee Anatomy 0.000 claims description 9
- 235000004400 serine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 9
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 claims description 9
- 229960004799 tryptophan Drugs 0.000 claims description 9
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 8
- 229960003767 alanine Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 229960001153 serine Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 235000008206 alpha-amino acids Nutrition 0.000 claims description 7
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 7
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 claims description 7
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 235000004554 glutamine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 claims description 7
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- XNDRSFBGEJIIHJ-NSHDSACASA-N (2s)-2-amino-3-(4-prop-2-ynoxyphenyl)propanamide Chemical compound NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(OCC#C)C=C1 XNDRSFBGEJIIHJ-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 206010017076 Fracture Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 206010053759 Growth retardation Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000001132 Osteoporosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 201000010769 Prader-Willi syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000020221 Short stature Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000006035 Tryptophane Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000026928 Turner syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000001624 hip Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000018773 low birth weight Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 231100000533 low birth weight Toxicity 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000002832 shoulder Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000002303 tibia Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000001370 alpha-amino acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- YBAGJSUAYPAYFG-MMALYQPHSA-N (3s,6s)-3,6-dimethyl-1,4-dioxane-2,5-dione;ethane-1,2-diol Chemical compound OCCO.C[C@@H]1OC(=O)[C@H](C)OC1=O YBAGJSUAYPAYFG-MMALYQPHSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- HSVDEUIHFJMRIM-LBPRGKRZSA-N 3-(aminooxymethyl)-n-[(5s)-5,6-diamino-6-oxohexyl]benzamide Chemical compound NOCC1=CC=CC(C(=O)NCCCC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=C1 HSVDEUIHFJMRIM-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000004611 Abdominal Obesity Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010006895 Cachexia Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000024172 Cardiovascular disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010065941 Central obesity Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010008723 Chondrodystrophy Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000010374 Down Syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000010228 Erectile Dysfunction Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000001640 Fibromyalgia Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010017085 Fracture malunion Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010017088 Fracture nonunion Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000037357 HIV infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010019670 Hepatic function abnormal Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000003456 Juvenile Arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010059176 Juvenile idiopathic arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000007466 Male Infertility Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000026139 Memory disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000001145 Metabolic Syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000021642 Muscular disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000009623 Myopathy Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010029748 Noonan syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010049416 Short-bowel syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010072610 Skeletal dysplasia Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000032851 Subarachnoid Hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000950638 Symphysodon discus Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000030886 Traumatic Brain injury Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000000690 abdominal obesity-metabolic syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000008919 achondroplasia Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000001188 articular cartilage Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000000845 cartilage Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000019069 chronic childhood arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000020832 chronic kidney disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000001784 detoxification Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000001513 elbow Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000002283 elective surgery Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000002082 fibula Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000003862 glucocorticoid Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000033519 human immunodeficiency virus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000002758 humerus Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000010072 hypochondroplasia Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000001881 impotence Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- HOQADATXFBOEGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isofenphos Chemical compound CCOP(=S)(NC(C)C)OC1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OC(C)C HOQADATXFBOEGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000001847 jaw Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000002215 juvenile rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000003041 ligament Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000019423 liver disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000005499 meniscus Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000000926 neurological effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000008482 osteoarthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000002320 radius Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000007659 semicarbazones Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000002435 tendon Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000009529 traumatic brain injury Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000000623 ulna Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000000689 upper leg Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000000707 wrist Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- IUACJEXJTANCBV-LBPRGKRZSA-N (2s)-2-amino-3-[4-(2-oxobutoxy)phenyl]propanamide Chemical compound CCC(=O)COC1=CC=C(C[C@H](N)C(N)=O)C=C1 IUACJEXJTANCBV-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- GAKQFAWKMLSMEO-ZDUSSCGKSA-N (2s)-2-amino-3-[4-(2-oxopentoxy)phenyl]propanamide Chemical compound CCCC(=O)COC1=CC=C(C[C@H](N)C(N)=O)C=C1 GAKQFAWKMLSMEO-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- VATZVGRLQJZFOK-NSHDSACASA-N (2s)-2-amino-3-[4-(2-oxopropoxy)phenyl]propanamide Chemical compound CC(=O)COC1=CC=C(C[C@H](N)C(N)=O)C=C1 VATZVGRLQJZFOK-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- MTTYGOZNOQQPPL-ZDUSSCGKSA-N (2s)-2-amino-3-[4-(4-oxopentoxy)phenyl]propanamide Chemical compound CC(=O)CCCOC1=CC=C(C[C@H](N)C(N)=O)C=C1 MTTYGOZNOQQPPL-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- DZIIHGWVCBOLHF-ZDUSSCGKSA-N (2s)-2-amino-6-[(4-oxo-4-phenylbutanoyl)amino]hexanamide Chemical compound NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCNC(=O)CCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 DZIIHGWVCBOLHF-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- HTEIULCKLVWXAB-BYPYZUCNSA-N (2s)-2-aminopent-4-ynamide Chemical compound NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC#C HTEIULCKLVWXAB-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- RVPJPBOXUPPNMZ-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 2-acetyl-n-[(5s)-5,6-diamino-6-oxohexyl]benzamide Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)NCCCC[C@H](N)C(N)=O RVPJPBOXUPPNMZ-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- ISTGRUKCYILABE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-3-oxobutanamide Chemical group CC(=O)C(N)C(N)=O ISTGRUKCYILABE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- XGHIBMZOHPEVMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-3-oxopropanamide Chemical compound O=CC(N)C(N)=O XGHIBMZOHPEVMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- TZSMOAXVHLDDJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-3-phenacylsulfanylpropanamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C(N)CSCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 TZSMOAXVHLDDJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- AULUINXDLCVMOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-5-oxohexanamide Chemical compound CC(=O)CCC(N)C(N)=O AULUINXDLCVMOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- DWRNVMSNEYEZOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-6-(4-oxopentanoylamino)hexanamide Chemical compound CC(=O)CCC(=O)NCCCCC(N)C(N)=O DWRNVMSNEYEZOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- BNCPRODQXDWFJW-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 3-acetyl-n-[(5s)-5,6-diamino-6-oxohexyl]benzamide Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)NCCCC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=C1 BNCPRODQXDWFJW-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- YKDOPNDFFQQFAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-acetyl-n-(5,6-diamino-6-oxohexyl)benzamide Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)NCCCCC(N)C(N)=O)C=C1 YKDOPNDFFQQFAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical group OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- ALBYIUDWACNRRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanamide Chemical compound CCCCCC(N)=O ALBYIUDWACNRRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- VOPGCLQJIKREPC-AWEZNQCLSA-N n-[(5s)-5,6-diamino-6-oxohexyl]-2-prop-2-ynylbenzamide Chemical compound NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCNC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1CC#C VOPGCLQJIKREPC-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- LHACNMULOVLAHF-AWEZNQCLSA-N n-[(5s)-5,6-diamino-6-oxohexyl]-3-prop-2-ynylbenzamide Chemical compound NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCNC(=O)C1=CC=CC(CC#C)=C1 LHACNMULOVLAHF-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- WIGWKCMIOYPUHB-AWEZNQCLSA-N n-[(5s)-5,6-diamino-6-oxohexyl]-4-prop-2-ynylbenzamide Chemical compound NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(CC#C)C=C1 WIGWKCMIOYPUHB-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 claims 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 136
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 128
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 115
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 91
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 78
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 78
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 74
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 73
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 72
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 58
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 55
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 55
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 54
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 49
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 43
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 40
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 39
- OISVCGZHLKNMSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-dimethylpyridine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=N1 OISVCGZHLKNMSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 38
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 38
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 35
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 34
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 29
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 28
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 27
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 26
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 25
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 25
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium sulphate Substances [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 25
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylformamide Substances CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 24
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 23
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 23
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 22
- YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride Chemical compound FS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 20
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 20
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 18
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 17
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 16
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 16
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 16
- 0 **N[C@@](*OC(COC(N*)=O)COC(N*)=O)C(N)=O Chemical compound **N[C@@](*OC(COC(N*)=O)COC(N*)=O)C(N)=O 0.000 description 15
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 15
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 14
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000011033 desalting Methods 0.000 description 13
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 13
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 13
- 229940086542 triethylamine Drugs 0.000 description 13
- XWKFPIODWVPXLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-5-methylpyridine Natural products CC1=CC=C(C)N=C1 XWKFPIODWVPXLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- ATRRKUHOCOJYRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium bicarbonate Chemical compound [NH4+].OC([O-])=O ATRRKUHOCOJYRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229910000013 Ammonium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 12
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 235000012538 ammonium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 239000001099 ammonium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 12
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 12
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 12
- CZUGFKJYCPYHHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylthiopropanol Chemical compound CSCCCO CZUGFKJYCPYHHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 11
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 11
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 11
- BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-diisopropylcarbodiimide Chemical compound CC(C)N=C=NC(C)C BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 10
- BGRWYRAHAFMIBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylcarbodiimide Natural products CC(C)NC(=O)NC(C)C BGRWYRAHAFMIBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 10
- 229960003646 lysine Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 10
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 10
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 10
- LFKDJXLFVYVEFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(N)=O LFKDJXLFVYVEFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 9
- WBHQBSYUUJJSRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium bisulfate Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])(=O)=O WBHQBSYUUJJSRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000005199 ultracentrifugation Methods 0.000 description 9
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000007857 degradation product Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229960004132 diethyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 229960002449 glycine Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000012038 nucleophile Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000012460 protein solution Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 7
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000006146 oximation reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- HJBLUNHMOKFZQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxy-1,2,3-benzotriazin-4-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)N(O)N=NC2=C1 HJBLUNHMOKFZQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- YKDOPNDFFQQFAW-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 4-acetyl-n-[(5s)-5,6-diamino-6-oxohexyl]benzamide Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)NCCCC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)C=C1 YKDOPNDFFQQFAW-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 6
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 6
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229960005261 aspartic acid Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 6
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 6
- 238000002144 chemical decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)NC(C)C UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 6
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000001360 methionine group Chemical class N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)* 0.000 description 6
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 6
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 6
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- NZNMSOFKMUBTKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexanecarboxylic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCCC1 NZNMSOFKMUBTKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical class ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 5
- 241001662443 Phemeranthus parviflorus Species 0.000 description 5
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- AFVLVVWMAFSXCK-VMPITWQZSA-N alpha-cyano-4-hydroxycinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(\C#N)=C\C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 AFVLVVWMAFSXCK-VMPITWQZSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 5
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- VFRSADQPWYCXDG-LEUCUCNGSA-N ethyl (2s,5s)-5-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylate;2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.CCOC(=O)[C@@H]1CC[C@H](C)N1 VFRSADQPWYCXDG-LEUCUCNGSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000001840 matrix-assisted laser desorption--ionisation time-of-flight mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000012475 sodium chloride buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].OP(O)([O-])=O AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- YZUPZGFPHUVJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-bromo-2-methoxyethane Chemical compound COCCBr YZUPZGFPHUVJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GQHTUMJGOHRCHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,4,6,7,8,9,10-octahydropyrimido[1,2-a]azepine Chemical compound C1CCCCN2CCCN=C21 GQHTUMJGOHRCHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CBTCKQOBPGQJNE-LBPRGKRZSA-N 3-(azidomethyl)-n-[(5s)-5,6-diamino-6-oxohexyl]benzamide Chemical compound NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCNC(=O)C1=CC=CC(CN=[N+]=[N-])=C1 CBTCKQOBPGQJNE-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YHRRDHYXBMYXQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(azidomethyl)benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC(CN=[N+]=[N-])=C1 YHRRDHYXBMYXQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000005367 Carboxypeptidases Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010006303 Carboxypeptidases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000001491 aromatic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 4
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000001879 copper Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 150000007857 hydrazones Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 4
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N monopropylene glycol Natural products CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000019419 proteases Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- XOAAWQZATWQOTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N taurine Chemical compound NCCS(O)(=O)=O XOAAWQZATWQOTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JXIXSGAFSRSQAZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N tert-butyl n-[(2s)-1,6-diamino-1-oxohexan-2-yl]carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@H](C(N)=O)CCCCN JXIXSGAFSRSQAZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JADVWWSKYZXRGX-UHFFFAOYSA-M thioflavine T Chemical group [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C1=[N+](C)C2=CC=C(C)C=C2S1 JADVWWSKYZXRGX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 238000005924 transacylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- AOKBNGHKNJXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-[[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]oxymethyl]benzoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NOCC1=CC=CC(C(=O)ON2C(CCC2=O)=O)=C1 AOKBNGHKNJXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QXVUNVYPQOAFMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 4-acetylbenzoate Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=O)C)=CC=C1C(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O QXVUNVYPQOAFMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NWZSZGALRFJKBT-KNIFDHDWSA-N (2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid;(2s)-2-hydroxybutanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O.NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O NWZSZGALRFJKBT-KNIFDHDWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FPIRBHDGWMWJEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CN=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 FPIRBHDGWMWJEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- TZMPUETYXIVGHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10-azidodecan-1-amine Chemical compound NCCCCCCCCCCN=[N+]=[N-] TZMPUETYXIVGHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VSOCJQSZRBCJET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10-azidodecan-1-ol Chemical compound OCCCCCCCCCCN=[N+]=[N-] VSOCJQSZRBCJET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZLEJJMDVALCIMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(10-azidodecyl)isoindole-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)N(CCCCCCCCCCN=[N+]=[N-])C(=O)C2=C1 ZLEJJMDVALCIMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VQNDBXJTIJKJPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC2=NNN=C21 VQNDBXJTIJKJPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KPSOGPDAXZCLQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]oxymethyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NOCC1=CC=CC(C(O)=O)=C1 KPSOGPDAXZCLQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FZTIWOBQQYPTCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-(4-carboxyphenyl)phenyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=O)O)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(C=2C=CC(=CC=2)C(O)=O)C=C1 FZTIWOBQQYPTCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 3
- 108091093088 Amplicon Proteins 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000001828 Gelatine Substances 0.000 description 3
- QEFRNWWLZKMPFJ-ZXPFJRLXSA-N L-methionine (R)-S-oxide Chemical compound C[S@@](=O)CC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O QEFRNWWLZKMPFJ-ZXPFJRLXSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QEFRNWWLZKMPFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-methionine sulphoxide Natural products CS(=O)CCC(N)C(O)=O QEFRNWWLZKMPFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002344 aminooxy group Chemical group [H]N([H])O[*] 0.000 description 3
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DAJHIUICHSIAAV-HNNXBMFYSA-N benzyl n-[(5s)-6-amino-5-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]-6-oxohexyl]carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@H](C(N)=O)CCCCNC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 DAJHIUICHSIAAV-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004106 butoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 238000005251 capillar electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920001429 chelating resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical class OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001944 cysteine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940088679 drug related substance Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003054 hormonal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrazine monohydrate Substances O.NN IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001906 matrix-assisted laser desorption--ionisation mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 3
- GODLXLJGPJGHMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-(azidomethyl)benzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC(CN=[N+]=[N-])=C1 GODLXLJGPJGHMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PJZRZFDDKGEXIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-[[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]oxymethyl]benzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC(CONC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)=C1 PJZRZFDDKGEXIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- COEBNIUQBHSRFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-(3-aminooxypropyl)hydroxylamine Chemical compound NOCCCON COEBNIUQBHSRFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- JKANAVGODYYCQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-yn-1-amine Chemical compound NCC#C JKANAVGODYYCQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002572 propoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001694 spray drying Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910021653 sulphate ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- IOLIFIOLILZQQH-NSHDSACASA-N tert-butyl n-[(2s)-1-amino-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@H](C(N)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IOLIFIOLILZQQH-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 3
- NSTGSHVMSMUWJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-[4-(1,3-dioxoisoindol-2-yl)butoxy]carbamate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)N(CCCCONC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(=O)C2=C1 NSTGSHVMSMUWJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000825 ultraviolet detection Methods 0.000 description 3
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JYEVQYFWINBXJU-QFIPXVFZSA-N (2s)-6-(9h-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(COC(=O)NCCCC[C@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(O)=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 JYEVQYFWINBXJU-QFIPXVFZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001359 1,2,3-triazol-4-yl group Chemical group [H]N1N=NC([*])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- PORPENFLTBBHSG-MGBGTMOVSA-N 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycerol-3-phosphate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC PORPENFLTBBHSG-MGBGTMOVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000453 2,2,2-trichloroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000006282 2-chlorobenzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(Cl)=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- WRMNZCZEMHIOCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethanol Chemical compound OCCC1=CC=CC=C1 WRMNZCZEMHIOCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propyliminomethylidene-ethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WAHWLAFXEOULIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-acetylbenzamide Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(N)=O)C=C1 WAHWLAFXEOULIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QBHDSQZASIBAAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-acetylbenzoic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 QBHDSQZASIBAAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CFKMVGJGLGKFKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chloro-m-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC(O)=CC=C1Cl CFKMVGJGLGKFKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000002109 Argyria Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KXDAEFPNCMNJSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KXDAEFPNCMNJSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BPYKTIZUTYGOLE-IFADSCNNSA-N Bilirubin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(C)=C(C=C)\C1=C\C1=C(C)C(CCC(O)=O)=C(CC2=C(C(C)=C(\C=C/3C(=C(C=C)C(=O)N\3)C)N2)CCC(O)=O)N1 BPYKTIZUTYGOLE-IFADSCNNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N D-xylopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1COC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylamine Chemical compound CNC ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010013369 Enteropeptidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100029727 Enteropeptidase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SQUHHTBVTRBESD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hexa-Ac-myo-Inositol Natural products CC(=O)OC1C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C1OC(C)=O SQUHHTBVTRBESD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 2
- SEQKRHFRPICQDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-tris(hydroxymethyl)methylglycine Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)[NH2+]CC([O-])=O SEQKRHFRPICQDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 2
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PLXBWHJQWKZRKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Resazurin Chemical compound C1=CC(=O)C=C2OC3=CC(O)=CC=C3[N+]([O-])=C21 PLXBWHJQWKZRKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920005654 Sephadex Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000012507 Sephadex™ Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012300 Sequence Analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 239000012505 Superdex™ Substances 0.000 description 2
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000013504 Triton X-100 Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008351 acetate buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012382 advanced drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001371 alpha-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010640 amide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003862 amino acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- XEVRDFDBXJMZFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyl dihydrazine Chemical class NNC(=O)NN XEVRDFDBXJMZFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960002433 cysteine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940043279 diisopropylamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019329 dioctyl sodium sulphosuccinate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenhydramine Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OCCN(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005350 fused silica glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-GUCUJZIJSA-N galactitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-GUCUJZIJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002523 gelfiltration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycine betaine Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CC([O-])=O KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003827 glycol group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- YMAWOPBAYDPSLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycylglycine Chemical compound [NH3+]CC(=O)NCC([O-])=O YMAWOPBAYDPSLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000003642 hunger Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- CDAISMWEOUEBRE-GPIVLXJGSA-N inositol Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O CDAISMWEOUEBRE-GPIVLXJGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000367 inositol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N isomaltotriose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O)O1 FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N m-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1 RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000000816 matrix-assisted laser desorption--ionisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N meso ribitol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YUHSMQQNPRLEEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-(bromomethyl)benzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC(CBr)=C1 YUHSMQQNPRLEEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- QWVGKYWNOKOFNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1O QWVGKYWNOKOFNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N octanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC(O)=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- IWDCLRJOBJJRNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IWDCLRJOBJJRNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960004063 propylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- CDAISMWEOUEBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N scyllo-inosotol Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C1O CDAISMWEOUEBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000037351 starvation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003080 taurine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- DYHSDKLCOJIUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butoxycarbonyl anhydride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)OC(=O)OC(C)(C)C DYHSDKLCOJIUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- RSZJYBGMORPCRQ-HNNXBMFYSA-N tert-butyl n-[(2s)-1-amino-6-[[3-(aminomethyl)benzoyl]amino]-1-oxohexan-2-yl]carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@H](C(N)=O)CCCCNC(=O)C1=CC=CC(CN)=C1 RSZJYBGMORPCRQ-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DRDVJQOGFWAVLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-hydroxycarbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NO DRDVJQOGFWAVLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DPKBAXPHAYBPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylazanium;iodide Chemical compound [I-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC DPKBAXPHAYBPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- CWERGRDVMFNCDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N thioglycolic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CS CWERGRDVMFNCDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZGYICYBLPGRURT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tri(propan-2-yl)silicon Chemical compound CC(C)[Si](C(C)C)C(C)C ZGYICYBLPGRURT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AFVLVVWMAFSXCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-cyano-4-hydroxycinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(C#N)=CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 AFVLVVWMAFSXCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-D-glucopyranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-VKHMYHEASA-N (+)-propylene glycol Chemical compound C[C@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJRIDJAGAYGJCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N (1-acetyl-5-bromoindol-3-yl) acetate Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C=C2C(OC(=O)C)=CN(C(C)=O)C2=C1 XJRIDJAGAYGJCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QOWBXWFYRXSBAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(CN)C(OC)=C1 QOWBXWFYRXSBAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YWLICOCXPNQJPC-KRWDZBQOSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) (2s)-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]-6-(phenylmethoxycarbonylamino)hexanoate Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(=O)ON1C(CCC1=O)=O)CCCNC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 YWLICOCXPNQJPC-KRWDZBQOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YEDNBEGNKOANMB-REOHCLBHSA-N (2r)-2-amino-3-sulfanylpropanamide Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(N)=O YEDNBEGNKOANMB-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LAXXPOJCFVMVAX-ZETCQYMHSA-N (2s)-2-amino-4-butylsulfanylbutanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O LAXXPOJCFVMVAX-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BUVCJVSDXCCEOY-LURJTMIESA-N (2s)-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-2-(ethylamino)pentanoic acid Chemical compound CCN[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCNC(N)=N BUVCJVSDXCCEOY-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASWBNKHCZGQVJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-hexadecanoyloxy-2-hydroxypropyl) 2-(trimethylazaniumyl)ethyl phosphate Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C ASWBNKHCZGQVJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3alpha,5alpha,7alpha,12alpha)-3,7,12-trihydroxy-cholan-24-oic acid Natural products OC1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)C(O)C2 BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3beta,5beta,7alpha)-3,7-Dihydroxycholan-24-oic acid Natural products OC1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)CC2 RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N (R)-(-)-Propylene glycol Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYVBNYUBXIEUFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,3,3-tetramethylguanidine Chemical compound CN(C)C(=N)N(C)C KYVBNYUBXIEUFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001607 1,2,3-triazol-1-yl group Chemical group [*]N1N=NC([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoserine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CIISBYKBBMFLEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-oxazolidine Chemical group C1CNOC1 CIISBYKBBMFLEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-propanediol Substances OCCCO YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940035437 1,3-propanediol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YNGDWRXWKFWCJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dihydropyridine Chemical compound C1C=CNC=C1 YNGDWRXWKFWCJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RNHDAKUGFHSZEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dioxane;hydrate Chemical compound O.C1COCCO1 RNHDAKUGFHSZEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSTXCZGEEVFJES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-cycloundecyl-1,5-diazacycloundec-5-ene Chemical compound C1CCCCCC(CCCC1)N1CCCCCC=NCCC1 VSTXCZGEEVFJES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Chemical compound CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZPDQFUYPBVXUKS-YADHBBJMSA-N 1-stearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoserine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)COP(O)(=O)OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O ZPDQFUYPBVXUKS-YADHBBJMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LGZMUUBPTDRQQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10-Bromo-1-decanol Chemical compound OCCCCCCCCCCBr LGZMUUBPTDRQQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LXAVFOAOGZWQKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 11-azidoundecanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCN=[N+]=[N-] LXAVFOAOGZWQKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDGWQMRUWMSZIU-LQDDAWAPSA-M 2,3-bis[(z)-octadec-9-enoxy]propyl-trimethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCOCC(C[N+](C)(C)C)OCCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC LDGWQMRUWMSZIU-LQDDAWAPSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UXFWTIGUWHJKDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-bromobutyl)isoindole-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)N(CCCCBr)C(=O)C2=C1 UXFWTIGUWHJKDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-SZSCBOSDSA-N 2-[(1s)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]-3,4-dihydroxy-2h-furan-5-one Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)C1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-SZSCBOSDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEQAICDLOKRSRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-(2-dodecoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO IEQAICDLOKRSRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HDECRAPHCDXMIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylbenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1S(Cl)(=O)=O HDECRAPHCDXMIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBBPRCNXBQTYLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylthioethanol Chemical compound CSCCO WBBPRCNXBQTYLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCDWFXQBSFUVSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenoxyethanol Chemical compound OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 QCDWFXQBSFUVSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-pyran Chemical compound C1OC=CC=C1 MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVZRAEYQIKYCPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(trimethylsilyl)propane-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)CCCS(O)(=O)=O TVZRAEYQIKYCPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TUBRCQBRKJXJEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[hexadecyl(dimethyl)azaniumyl]propane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CCCS([O-])(=O)=O TUBRCQBRKJXJEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 4-[[(3ar,5ar,5br,7ar,9s,11ar,11br,13as)-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-3a-[(5-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-propan-2-yl-4,5,6,7,7a,9,10,11,11b,12,13,13a-dodecahydro-3h-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl]oxy]-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@]12CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@H]5C(C)(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)CC[C@]5(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3C1=C(C(C2)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CN=CC(C)=C1 QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DUVVGYBLYHSFMV-YGEZULPYSA-N 4-methyl-n-[[(2r,3r,4s,5s,6r)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]carbamoyl]benzamide Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C(=O)NC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 DUVVGYBLYHSFMV-YGEZULPYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000001049 Amyloid Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010094108 Amyloid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000212384 Bifora Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010017384 Blood Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004506 Blood Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- LVDKZNITIUWNER-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bronopol Chemical compound OCC(Br)(CO)[N+]([O-])=O LVDKZNITIUWNER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012619 Butyl Sepharose® Substances 0.000 description 1
- QFOHBWFCKVYLES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylparaben Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QFOHBWFCKVYLES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyraldehyde Chemical compound CCCC=O ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001433 C-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 102100032528 C-type lectin domain family 11 member A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005635 Caprylic acid (CAS 124-07-2) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- LZZYPRNAOMGNLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Cetrimonium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C LZZYPRNAOMGNLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GHXZTYHSJHQHIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorhexidine Chemical compound C=1C=C(Cl)C=CC=1NC(N)=NC(N)=NCCCCCCN=C(N)N=C(N)NC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 GHXZTYHSJHQHIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004380 Cholic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101710131551 Chymotrypsin-like serine proteinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-QWWZWVQMSA-N D-arabinitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)C(O)[C@H](O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001712 DNA sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010016626 Dipeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241001198387 Escherichia coli BL21(DE3) Species 0.000 description 1
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTKXFMQHOOWWEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide/propylene oxide copolymer Chemical compound CCCOC(C)COCCO CTKXFMQHOOWWEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710163305 Fibril protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010088842 Fibrinolysin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IECPWNUMDGFDKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fusicsaeure Chemical class C12C(O)CC3C(=C(CCC=C(C)C)C(O)=O)C(OC(C)=O)CC3(C)C1(C)CCC1C2(C)CCC(O)C1C IECPWNUMDGFDKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001503 Glucan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylethanolamin Natural products NCCOP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylserin Natural products OC(=O)C(N)COP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010008488 Glycylglycine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920003114 HPC-L Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003115 HPC-SL Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241001622557 Hesperia Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000942297 Homo sapiens C-type lectin domain family 11 member A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001612 Hydroxyethyl starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Imidazolidine Chemical compound C1CNCN1 WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010002386 Interleukin-3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930194542 Keto Natural products 0.000 description 1
- LKDRXBCSQODPBY-AMVSKUEXSA-N L-(-)-Sorbose Chemical compound OCC1(O)OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O LKDRXBCSQODPBY-AMVSKUEXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Ornithine Chemical compound NCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002211 L-ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000000069 L-ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GGLZPLKKBSSKCX-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-ethionine Chemical compound CCSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O GGLZPLKKBSSKCX-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQFMNVGMJJMLAE-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosinamide Chemical compound NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 PQFMNVGMJJMLAE-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006137 Luria-Bertani broth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007987 MES buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000282567 Macaca fascicularis Species 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-O Methylammonium ion Chemical compound [NH3+]C BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- FSVCELGFZIQNCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)glycine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CC(O)=O FSVCELGFZIQNCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OTIAVLWNTIXJDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N NCCCCC(N)=O Chemical compound NCCCCC(N)=O OTIAVLWNTIXJDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical class O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orn-delta-NH2 Natural products NCCCC(N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(C)CCCN UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000015731 Peptide Hormones Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038988 Peptide Hormones Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Poloxamer Chemical compound C1CO1.CC1CO1 RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002562 Polyethylene Glycol 3350 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002565 Polyethylene Glycol 400 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001214 Polysorbate 60 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene oxide Chemical compound CC1CO1 GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100037681 Protein FEV Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710198166 Protein FEV Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004373 Pullulan Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001218 Pullulan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- IDIDJDIHTAOVLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N S-methyl-L-cysteine Natural products CSCC(N)C(O)=O IDIDJDIHTAOVLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IDIDJDIHTAOVLG-VKHMYHEASA-N S-methylcysteine Chemical compound CSC[C@H](N)C(O)=O IDIDJDIHTAOVLG-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical group [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004288 Sodium dehydroacetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004141 Sodium laurylsulphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108090000787 Subtilisin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005864 Sulphur Substances 0.000 description 1
- RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphur dioxide Chemical class O=S=O RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UZMAPBJVXOGOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Syringetin Natural products COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(C2=C(C(=O)C3=C(O)C=C(O)C=C3O2)O)=C1 UZMAPBJVXOGOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002359 Tetronic® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- LJTFFORYSFGNCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiocarbohydrazide Chemical class NNC(=S)NN LJTFFORYSFGNCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000190 Thrombin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N Trehalose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007997 Tricine buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100033444 Tyrosine-protein kinase JAK2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710112791 Tyrosine-protein kinase JAK2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052770 Uranium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Xylitol Natural products OCCC(O)C(O)C(O)CCO TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001015 abdomen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000738 acetamido group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)N([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005041 acyloxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007605 air drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003172 aldehyde group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004419 alkynylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N alpha,alpha-trehalose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940059260 amidate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HAMNKKUPIHEESI-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminoguanidine Chemical compound NNC(N)=N HAMNKKUPIHEESI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N arabinose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001483 arginine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000005840 aryl radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000613 asparagine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001510 aspartic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OGBUMNBNEWYMNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N batilol Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOCC(O)CO OGBUMNBNEWYMNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 1
- UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzethonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1OCCOCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001950 benzethonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004365 benzoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-Pyranose-Lyxose Natural products OC1COC(O)C(O)C1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N beta-maltose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003237 betaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007998 bicine buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003613 bile acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007844 bleaching agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000003123 bronchiole Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960003168 bronopol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004067 bulking agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019437 butane-1,3-diol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HQABUPZFAYXKJW-UHFFFAOYSA-O butylazanium Chemical compound CCCC[NH3+] HQABUPZFAYXKJW-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- ZPFKRQXYKULZKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N butylidene Chemical group [CH2+]CC[CH-] ZPFKRQXYKULZKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- DWKPZOZZBLWFJX-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium;1,4-bis(2-ethylhexoxy)-1,4-dioxobutane-2-sulfonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC.CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC DWKPZOZZBLWFJX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- OWIUPIRUAQMTTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbazic acid Chemical class NNC(O)=O OWIUPIRUAQMTTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008004 cell lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000019522 cellular metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940106189 ceramide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001783 ceramides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960001927 cetylpyridinium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YMKDRGPMQRFJGP-UHFFFAOYSA-M cetylpyridinium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+]1=CC=CC=C1 YMKDRGPMQRFJGP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000001311 chemical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003260 chlorhexidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002242 chlorocresol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MXOAEAUPQDYUQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorphenesin Chemical compound OCC(O)COC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 MXOAEAUPQDYUQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-OELDTZBJSA-N cholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-OELDTZBJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019416 cholic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002471 cholic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011208 chromatographic data Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940001468 citrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000975 co-precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005354 coacervation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003245 coal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002288 cocrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000795 conjunctiva Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- JZCCFEFSEZPSOG-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(II) sulfate pentahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.[Cu+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O JZCCFEFSEZPSOG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001923 cyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- UVJHQYIOXKWHFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexa-1,4-diene Chemical compound C1C=CCC=C1 UVJHQYIOXKWHFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002254 cytotoxic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000599 cytotoxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006240 deamidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006114 decarboxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010005905 delta-hGHR Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000412 dendrimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000736 dendritic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-N deoxycholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003964 deoxycholic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N deoxycholic acid Natural products C1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)C(O)C2 KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000368 destabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940099371 diacetylated monoglycerides Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GDGUATCKWWKTLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N dicyclopropylmethanamine Chemical compound C1CC1C(N)C1CC1 GDGUATCKWWKTLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FAMRKDQNMBBFBR-BQYQJAHWSA-N diethyl azodicarboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)\N=N\C(=O)OCC FAMRKDQNMBBFBR-BQYQJAHWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-O diethylammonium Chemical compound CC[NH2+]CC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- KCFYHBSOLOXZIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydrochrysin Natural products COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(C2OC3=CC(O)=CC(O)=C3C(=O)C2)=C1 KCFYHBSOLOXZIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- HPYNZHMRTTWQTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylpyridine Natural products CC1=CC=CN=C1C HPYNZHMRTTWQTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRKBLBQTSTUKOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphosphatidyl glycerol Natural products OP(O)(=O)OCC(OP(O)(O)=O)COP(O)(O)=O FRKBLBQTSTUKOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940018614 docusate calcium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940018600 docusate potassium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000878 docusate sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QBHFVMDLPTZDOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecylphosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C QBHFVMDLPTZDOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940112141 dry powder inhaler Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009881 electrostatic interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004945 emulsification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002532 enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940031098 ethanolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002169 ethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004403 ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010228 ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940043351 ethyl-p-hydroxybenzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-O ethylaminium Chemical compound CC[NH3+] QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- HXQVQGWHFRNKMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethylmercurithiosalicylic acid Chemical compound CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O HXQVQGWHFRNKMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- NUVBSKCKDOMJSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylparaben Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NUVBSKCKDOMJSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPUKDXXFDDZOKR-LLVKDONJSA-N etomidate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CN=CN1[C@H](C)C1=CC=CC=C1 NPUKDXXFDDZOKR-LLVKDONJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003889 eye drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940012356 eye drops Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003885 eye ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000855 fermentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004151 fermentation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IECPWNUMDGFDKC-MZJAQBGESA-N fusidic acid Chemical class O[C@@H]([C@@H]12)C[C@H]3\C(=C(/CCC=C(C)C)C(O)=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]3(C)[C@@]2(C)CC[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H]2C IECPWNUMDGFDKC-MZJAQBGESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004675 fusidic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 150000002270 gangliosides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002989 glutamic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002307 glutamic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002743 glutamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000404 glutamine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002327 glycerophospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940043257 glycylglycine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003106 haloaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005553 heteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCC)(=O)O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920006158 high molecular weight polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000000265 homogenisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002429 hydrazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XPXMKIXDFWLRAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrazinide Chemical compound [NH-]N XPXMKIXDFWLRAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005597 hydrazone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005661 hydrophobic surface Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940050526 hydroxyethylstarch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CN1 MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002462 imidazolines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZCTXEAQXZGPWFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidurea Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)N(CO)C1NC(=O)NCNC(=O)NC1C(=O)NC(=O)N1CO ZCTXEAQXZGPWFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940113174 imidurea Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 1
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000415 inactivating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003978 infusion fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BPHPUYQFMNQIOC-NXRLNHOXSA-N isopropyl beta-D-thiogalactopyranoside Chemical compound CC(C)S[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O BPHPUYQFMNQIOC-NXRLNHOXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000400 lauroyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- PYIDGJJWBIBVIA-UYTYNIKBSA-N lauryl glucoside Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCO[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O PYIDGJJWBIBVIA-UYTYNIKBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010071185 leucyl-alanine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004668 long chain fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002669 lysines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013178 mathematical model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940071648 metered dose inhaler Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N methanone Chemical compound O=[14CH2] WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004452 methionine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylparaben Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004530 micro-emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091005601 modified peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910000403 monosodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019799 monosodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PJUIMOJAAPLTRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N monothioglycerol Chemical compound OCC(O)CS PJUIMOJAAPLTRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001419 myristoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012434 nucleophilic reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002446 octanoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960003104 ornithine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005489 p-toluenesulfonic acid group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N palmitic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940055076 parasympathomimetics choline ester Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 1
- JLFNLZLINWHATN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO JLFNLZLINWHATN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000813 peptide hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940083254 peripheral vasodilators imidazoline derivative Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005191 phase separation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005323 phenoxyethanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 description 1
- KTNLYTNKBOKXRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyliodanium Chemical compound [IH+]C1=CC=CC=C1 KTNLYTNKBOKXRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008105 phosphatidylcholines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008104 phosphatidylethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003905 phosphatidylinositols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006303 photolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000015843 photosynthesis, light reaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000612 phthaloyl group Chemical group C(C=1C(C(=O)*)=CC=CC1)(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000010399 physical interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940012957 plasmin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001993 poloxamer 188 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940044519 poloxamer 188 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001992 poloxamer 407 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940044476 poloxamer 407 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001987 poloxamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004633 polyglycolic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012667 polymer degradation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000166 polytrimethylene carbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008092 positive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- FYRHIOVKTDQVFC-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium phthalimide Chemical compound [K+].C1=CC=C2C(=O)[N-]C(=O)C2=C1 FYRHIOVKTDQVFC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- CACRHRQTJDKAPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;1,4-bis(2-ethylhexoxy)-1,4-dioxobutane-2-sulfonate Chemical compound [K+].CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC CACRHRQTJDKAPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001376 precipitating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005335 propanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YORCIIVHUBAYBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N propargyl bromide Chemical compound BrCC#C YORCIIVHUBAYBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004405 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OSFBJERFMQCEQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylidene Chemical group [CH]CC OSFBJERFMQCEQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019833 protease Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004845 protein aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000004252 protein component Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019423 pullulan Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003248 quinolines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002824 redox indicator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000018406 regulation of metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000013878 renal filtration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006853 reporter group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N schardinger α-dextrin Chemical compound O1C(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(O)C2O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC2C(O)C(O)C1OC2CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003349 semicarbazides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003355 serines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010008 shearing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003998 size exclusion chromatography high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004249 sodium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005480 sodium caprylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940001593 sodium carbonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NRHMKIHPTBHXPF-TUJRSCDTSA-M sodium cholate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC([O-])=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 NRHMKIHPTBHXPF-TUJRSCDTSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium cyanoborohydride Chemical compound [Na+].[B-]C#N BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019259 sodium dehydroacetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940079839 sodium dehydroacetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- APSBXTVYXVQYAB-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium docusate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC APSBXTVYXVQYAB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OABYVIYXWMZFFJ-ZUHYDKSRSA-M sodium glycocholate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(=O)NCC([O-])=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 OABYVIYXWMZFFJ-ZUHYDKSRSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BYKRNSHANADUFY-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium octanoate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCC([O-])=O BYKRNSHANADUFY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011008 sodium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JAJWGJBVLPIOOH-IZYKLYLVSA-M sodium taurocholate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(=O)NCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 JAJWGJBVLPIOOH-IZYKLYLVSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DSOWAKKSGYUMTF-GZOLSCHFSA-M sodium;(1e)-1-(6-methyl-2,4-dioxopyran-3-ylidene)ethanolate Chemical compound [Na+].C\C([O-])=C1/C(=O)OC(C)=CC1=O DSOWAKKSGYUMTF-GZOLSCHFSA-M 0.000 description 1
- IWQPOPSAISBUAH-VOVMJQHHSA-M sodium;2-[[(2z)-2-[(3r,4s,5s,8s,9s,10s,11r,13r,14s,16s)-16-acetyl-3,11-dihydroxy-4,8,10,14-tetramethyl-2,3,4,5,6,7,9,11,12,13,15,16-dodecahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-ylidene]-6-methylheptanoyl]amino]ethanesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].C1C[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@@H]2CC[C@]3(C)[C@@]4(C)C[C@H](C(C)=O)/C(=C(C(=O)NCCS([O-])(=O)=O)/CCCC(C)C)[C@@H]4C[C@@H](O)[C@H]3[C@]21C IWQPOPSAISBUAH-VOVMJQHHSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000000935 solvent evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009576 somatic growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006076 specific stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013222 sprague-dawley male rat Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007447 staining method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000000185 sucrose group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- XTQHKBHJIVJGKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur monoxide Chemical class S=O XTQHKBHJIVJGKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KUNICNFETYAKKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuric acid;pentahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.OS(O)(=O)=O KUNICNFETYAKKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010269 sulphur dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- LPSVEAPODLQHER-AWEZNQCLSA-N tert-butyl n-[(2s)-1-amino-1-oxo-3-(4-prop-2-ynoxyphenyl)propan-2-yl]carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@H](C(N)=O)CC1=CC=C(OCC#C)C=C1 LPSVEAPODLQHER-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- QEMXHQIAXOOASZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylammonium Chemical class C[N+](C)(C)C QEMXHQIAXOOASZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010257 thawing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000930 thermomechanical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000003583 thiosemicarbazides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003588 threonines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960004072 thrombin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012929 tonicity agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008181 tonicity modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007056 transamidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- SCXZATZIVUFOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N undec-5-ene Chemical compound [CH2]CCCC=CCCCCC SCXZATZIVUFOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNYWZCXLKNTFFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N uranium Chemical compound [U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U] DNYWZCXLKNTFFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UZVSRGJWSA-N ursodeoxycholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)CC1 RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UZVSRGJWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001661 ursodiol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006213 vaginal ring Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000011179 visual inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000008979 vitamin B4 Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000811 xylitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N xylitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010447 xylitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002675 xylitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002888 zwitterionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K1/00—General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length
- C07K1/13—Labelling of peptides
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/56—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule
- A61K47/59—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyureas or polyurethanes
- A61K47/60—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyureas or polyurethanes the organic macromolecular compound being a polyoxyalkylene oligomer, polymer or dendrimer, e.g. PEG, PPG, PEO or polyglycerol
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
- A61P11/08—Bronchodilators
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
- A61P15/08—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
- A61P15/10—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for impotence
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/04—Drugs for skeletal disorders for non-specific disorders of the connective tissue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
- A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
- A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
- A61P5/02—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the hypothalamic hormones, e.g. TRH, GnRH, CRH, GRH, somatostatin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
- A61P5/06—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the anterior pituitary hormones, e.g. TSH, ACTH, FSH, LH, PRL, GH
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/08—Plasma substitutes; Perfusion solutions; Dialytics or haemodialytics; Drugs for electrolytic or acid-base disorders, e.g. hypovolemic shock
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- C07K14/575—Hormones
- C07K14/61—Growth hormone [GH], i.e. somatotropin
Definitions
- PEGylated at the C-terminal and to methods of preparing and using such compounds. These compounds are useful in therapy.
- carboxypeptidases to modify the C-terminal of peptides has been described earlier.
- WO 92/05271 discloses the use of carboxypeptidases and nucleophilic com- pounds to amidate the C-terminal carboxy group
- WO 98/38285 discloses variants of carboxypeptidase Y particular suitable for this purpose.
- EP 243 929 discloses the use of carboxypeptidase to incorporate polypeptides, reporter groups or cytotoxic agents into the C-terminal of proteins or polypeptides.
- WO 2005/035553 describes methods for selective conjugation of peptides by enzy- matically incorporating a functional group at the C-terminal of a peptide.
- Growth hormone is a key hormone involved in the regulation of not only somatic growth, but also in the regulation of metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates and lipids. The major effect of growth hormone is to promote growth.
- Human growth hormone is a 191 amino acid residue protein with the sequence FPTIPLSRLFDNAMLRAHRLHQLAFDTYQEFEEAYIPKEQKYSFLQNPQTSLCFSESIPTPSN REETQQKSNLELLRISLLLIQSWLEPVQFLRSVFANSLVYGASDSNVYDLLKDLEEGIQTLMG RLEDGSPRTGQIFKQTYSKFDTNSHNDDALLKNYGLLYCFRKDMDKVETFLRIVQCRSVEG SCGF (SEQ ID NO:1 ).
- growth hormone is administered parenterally, i.e., by means of a needle.
- Growth hormone is, furthermore, characterised by a relative short half-life, hence frequent administrations are required with the corresponding pain and inconvenience for the patient.
- pharmacological properties such as e.g. prolonged half-life.
- the present invention provides novel growth hormone conjugates with improved pharmacological properties as well as methods for their production.
- the present inventors have surprising found that growth hormone compounds (GH) which have a -XX-AIa sequence at their C-terminal may be PEGylated to obtain GH conjugates with improved pharmacological properties. Accordingly, in one embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound according to formula I
- GH represent a growth hormone compound
- G represents a bi-radical of any chemical moiety
- PEG represents a polyethylene glycol radical
- XX represent an amino acid residue selected from histidine, asparatic acid, arginine, phenylalanine, alanine, glycine, glutamine, glutamic acid, lysine, leucine, methionine, asparagine, serine, tyrosine, threonine, isoleucine, tryptophane, proline, and valine; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof.
- the invention provides compounds according to formula I for use in therapy.
- the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition compris- ing a compound of formula I.
- the invention provides a therapeutic method, the method comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I to a patient in need thereof.
- the invention provides the use of a compound of formula I in the manufacture of a medicament.
- the invention provides a method for the manufacture of a compound of formula I, the method comprising the steps of i) reacting in one or more steps a GH-XX-AIa with a first compound bearing one or more functional groups, which are not accessible in any of the amino acids constituting said GH-XX-AIa, in the presence of Carboxypeptidase Y (CPY) cable of catalysing the incorporation of said first compound into the C-terminal of said GH-XX-AIa to form a transacylated compound, and ii) reacting in one or more steps said transacylated compound with a second compound comprising a PEG moiety and one or more functional groups, wherein said functional group(s) do not react with functional groups accessible in the amino acid residues constituting said GH-XX-AIa, and wherein said functional group(s) in said second compound is capable of reacting with said functional
- Figure 1 Vector map of pNNC13.4 encoding Zbasic2mt-D4K-hGH-l_eu-Ala. Sac Il and BamHI sites used for insertion of the PCR amplicon can be seen.
- transacylation is intended to indicate a reaction in which a leaving group is exchanged for a nucleophile, wherein a nucleophile is understood to be an electron-rich reagent that tends to attack the nucleus of carbons.
- Transpeptidation is one example of a transacylation.
- not accessible is intended to indicate that something is absent or de facto absent in the sense that it cannot be reached.
- functional groups are not accessible in a peptide to be conjugated it is intended to indi- cate that said functional group is absent from the peptide or, if present, in some way prevented from taking part in reactions.
- said functional group could be buried deep in the structure of the peptide so that it is shielded from participating in the reaction. It is recognised that whether or not a functional group is accessible depends on the reaction conditions. It may be envisaged that, e.g. in the presence of denaturing agents or at elevated temperatures the peptide may unfold to expose otherwise not accessible functional groups. It is to be understood that "not accessible” means "not accessible at the reaction condition chosen for the particular reaction of interest”.
- phenylhydrazone bond is intended to indicate a moiety of the formula
- alkane is intended to indicate a saturated, linear, branched and/or cyclic hydrocarbon. Unless specified with another number of carbon atoms, the term is intended to indicate hydrocarbons with from 1 to 30 (both included) carbon atoms, such as 1 to 20 (both ncluded), such as from 1 to 10 (both included), e.g. from 1 to 5 (both included).
- alkyl and alkylene refer to the corresponding radical and bi-radical, respectively.
- alkene is intended to indicate linear, branched and/or cyclic hydrocarbons comprising at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Unless specified with another number of carbon atoms, the term is intended to indicate hydrocarbons with from 2 to 30 (both included) carbon atoms, such as 2 to 20 (both included), such as from 2 to 10 (both included), e.g. from 2 to 5 (both included).
- alkenyl and alkenylene refer to the corresponding radical and bi-radical, respectively.
- alkyne is intended to indicate linear, branched and/or cyclic hydrocar- bons comprising at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and it may optionally comprise one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Unless specified with another number of carbon atoms, the term is intended to indicate hydrocarbons with from 2 to 30 (both included) carbon atoms, such as from 2 to 20 (both included), such as from 2 to 10 (both included), e.g. from 2 to 5 (both included).
- alkynyl and alkynylene refer to the corresponding radical and bi-radical, respectively.
- homocyclic aromatic compound is intended to indicate aromatic hydrocarbons, such as benzene and naphthalene.
- heterocyclic compound is intended to indicate a cyclic compound comprising 5, 6 or 7 ring atoms from which 1 , 2, 3 or 4 are hetero atoms selected from N, O and/or S.
- heterocyclic aromatic compounds such as thiophene, furan, pyran, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, isothiazole, isooxazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, as well as their partly or fully hydrogenated equivalents, such as piperidine, pira- zolidine, pyrrolidine, pyroline, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperazine and morpholine.
- hetero alkane is intended to indicate alkanes, alkenes and alkynes as defined above, in which one or more hetero atom or group have been inserted into the structure of said moieties.
- hetero groups and atoms include -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, -C(O)- -C(S)- and -N(R * )-, wherein R * represents hydrogen or Ci-C 6 -alkyl.
- heteroalkanes include.
- radical or "biradical” is intended to indicate a compound from which one or two, respectively, hydrogen atoms have been removed.
- a radical may also indicate the moiety formed by the formal removal of a larger group of atoms, e.g. hydroxyl, from a compound.
- halogen is intended to indicate members of the seventh main group of the periodic table, e.g. F, Cl, Br and I.
- PEG polyethylene glycol of a molecular weight between approximately 100 and approximately 1 ,000,000 Da, including analogues thereof, wherein for instance the terminal OH-group has been replaced by an alkoxy group, such as e.g. a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a propoxy group.
- an alkoxy group such as e.g. a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a propoxy group.
- mPEG (or more properly “mPEGyl”) means a polydisperse or monodis- perse radical of the structure
- polydispersity index means the ratio between the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight, as known in the art of polymer chemistry (see e.g. "Polymer Synthesis and Characterization", J. A. Nairn, University of Utah, 2003).
- the polydispersity index is a number which is greater than or equal to one, and it may be estimated from Gel Permeation Chromatographic data.
- the polydisper- sity index is 1
- the product is monodisperse and is thus made up of compounds with a single molecular weight.
- the polydispersity index is greater than 1 it is a measure of the polydispersity of that polymer, i.e. how broad the distribution of polymers with different molecular weights is.
- mPEG20000 in formulas, compound names or in molecu- lar structures indicates an mPEG residue wherein mPEG is polydisperse and has a molecular weight of approximately 20 kDa.
- the polydispersity index typically increases with the molecular weight of the PEG or mPEG.
- a polydisperisty index below 1 .06, such as below 1 .05, such as below 1 .04, such as below 1 .03, such as between 1.02 and 1.03.
- 10 kDa PEG and in particular 10 kDa mPEG it is intended to indicate a compound (or in fact a mixture of compounds) with a polydisperisty index below 1.06, such as below 1 .05, such as below 1 .04, such as below 1 .03, such as between 1.02 and 1.03.
- 15 kDa PEG and in particular 15 kDa mPEG it is intended to indicate a compound (or in fact a mixture of compounds) with a polydisperisty index below 1.06, such as below 1 .05, such as below 1 .04, such as below 1 .03, such as between 1 .02 and 1 .03.
- 20 kDa PEG and in particular 20 kDa mPEG it is intended to indicate a compound (or in fact a mixture of compounds) with a polydisperisty index below 1 .06, such as below 1 .05, such as below 1 .04, such as below 1.03, such as between 1 .02 and 1 .03.
- a polydisperisty index below 1 .06 such as below 1.05, such as below 1 .04, such as below 1.03, such as between 1 .02 and 1.03.
- peptide and “protein” are used interchangeably and are intended to indicate the same.
- peptide is intended to indicate a compound with two or more amino acid residues linked by a peptide bond.
- the amino acids may be natural or unnatural.
- the term is also intended to include said compounds substituted with other peptides, saccharides, lipids, or other organic compound, as well as compounds wherein one or more amino acid residue have been chemically modified and peptides comprising a prosthetic group.
- aryl is intended to indicate a carbocyclic aromatic ring radical or a fused aromatic ring system radical wherein at least one of the rings are aro- matic.
- Typical aryl groups include phenyl, biphenylyl, naphthyl, and the like.
- heteroaryl refers to an aromatic ring radical with for instance 5 to 7 member atoms, or to a fused aromatic ring system radical with for instance from 7 to 18 member atoms, wherein at least one ring is aromatic, containing one or more heteroatoms as ring atoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur het- eroatoms, wherein N-oxides and sulfur monoxides and sulfur dioxides are permissible het- eroaromatic substitutions.
- Examples include furanyl, thienyl, thiophenyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothia- zolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzofuranyl, ben- zothiophenyl, indolyl, and indazolyl, and the like.
- conjugate as a noun is intended to indicate a modified peptide, i.e. a peptide with a moiety bonded to it to modify the properties of said peptide.
- conjugate is intended to indicate the process of bonding a moiety to a peptide to modify the properties of said peptide.
- prodrug indicates biohydrolyzable amides and biohydro- lyzable esters and also encompasses a) compounds in which the biohydrolyzable functional- ity in such a prodrug is encompassed in the compound according to the present invention, and b) compounds which may be oxidized or reduced biologically at a given functional group to yield drug substances according to the present invention.
- these functional groups include 1 ,4-dihydropyridine, N-alkylcarbonyl-1 ,4-dihydropyridine, 1 ,4-cyclohexadiene, tert-butyl, and the like.
- biohydrolyzable ester is an ester of a drug substance (in casu, a compound according to the invention) which either a) does not interfere with the biological activity of the parent substance but confers on that substance advantageous properties in vivo such as duration of action, onset of action, and the like, or b) is biologically inac- tive but is readily converted in vivo by the subject to the biologically active principle.
- the advantage is, for example increased solubility or that the biohydrolyzable ester is orally absorbed from the gut and is transformed to a compound according to the present invention in plasma.
- lower alkyl esters ⁇ e.g., C 1 -C 4
- lower acyloxyalkyl esters lower alkoxyacyloxyalkyl esters, alkoxya- cyloxy esters, alkyl acylamino alkyl esters, and choline esters.
- biohydrolyzable amide is an amide of a drug substance (in casu, a compound according to the present invention) which either a) does not interfere with the biological activity of the parent substance but confers on that substance advantageous properties in vivo such as duration of action, onset of action, and the like, or b) is bio- logically inactive but is readily converted in vivo by the subject to the biologically active principle.
- the advantage is, for example increased solubility or that the biohydrolyzable amide is orally absorbed from the gut and is transformed to a compound according to the present invention in plasma.
- Many examples of such are known in the art and include by way of example lower alkyl amides, ⁇ -amino acid amides, alkoxyacyl amides, and alkylaminoalkylcar- bonyl amides.
- salts are intended to indicate salts which are not harmful to the patient.
- Such salts include pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, pharmaceutically acceptable metal salts, ammonium and alkylated ammonium salts.
- Acid addition salts include salts of inorganic acids as well as organic acids. Representative examples of suitable inorganic acids include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hy- droiodic, phosphoric, sulfuric, nitric acids and the like.
- suitable organic acids include formic, acetic, trichloroacetic, trifluoroacetic, propionic, benzoic, cin- namic, citric, fumaric, glycolic, lactic, maleic, malic, malonic, mandelic, oxalic, picric, pyruvic, salicylic, succinic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, tartaric, ascorbic, pamoic, bismethylene salicylic, ethanedisulfonic, gluconic, citraconic, aspartic, stearic, palmitic, EDTA, glycolic, p- aminobenzoic, glutamic, benzenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic acids and the like.
- compositions include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts listed in J. Pharm. Sci. 1977, 66, 2, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- metal salts include lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium salts and the like.
- ammonium and alkylated ammonium salts include ammonium, methylammonium, dimethylammonium, trimethylammonium, ethylammonium, hy- droxyethylammonium, diethylammonium, butylammonium, tetramethylammonium salts and the like.
- a “therapeutically effective amount” of a compound as used herein means an amount sufficient to cure, alleviate or partially arrest the clinical manifestations of a given disease and its complications. An amount adequate to accomplish this is defined as “therapeutically effective amount”. Effective amounts for each purpose will depend on the severity of the disease or injury as well as the weight and general state of the subject. It will be understood that determining an appropriate dosage may be achieved using routine experimen- tation, by constructing a matrix of values and testing different points in the matrix, which is all within the ordinary skills of a trained physician or veterinary.
- treatment means the management and care of a patient for the purpose of combating a condition, such as a disease or a disorder.
- the term is intended to include the full spectrum of treatments for a given condition from which the patient is suffering, such as administration of the active compound to alleviate the symptoms or complications, to delay the progression of the disease, disorder or condition, to alleviate or relief the symptoms and complications, and/or to cure or eliminate the disease, disorder or condition as well as to prevent the condition, wherein prevention is to be understood as the management and care of a patient for the purpose of combating the disease, condition, or disorder and includes the administration of the active compounds to prevent the onset of the symptoms or complications.
- the patient to be treated is preferably a mammal, in particular a human being, but it may also include animals, such as dogs, cats, cows, sheep and pigs.
- XX represents Leu, i.e. relates to a compound according to formula I with a structure of formula Ia
- the invention relates to a compound according to formula Ia with the structure of formula Ib
- GH represents a growth hormone compound
- mPEG represents any straight or branched methoxy polyethylene glycol moiety with a molecular weight between 0.1 kDa and 1000 kDa
- G represents R-A-E
- R and E both independently represent a bond or a linker, and A represents a biradical; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof.
- the compound of formula Ib has a structure according to formula Ic
- the invention relates to a compound according to formula Ia with the structure of formula Id, Ie, or If,
- GH represents a growth hormone compound
- mPEG represents any straight or branched methoxy polyethylene glycol moiety with a molecular weight between 0.1 kDa and 1000 kDa
- PEG L is a di-radical of a polyethylenglycol- moiety with a molecular weight between 2 kDa and 5 kDa
- G represents R-A-E
- R and E both independently represent a bond or a linker, and A represents a biradical; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof.
- the compounds of formulas Id, Ie, and If have the structures according to formulas Ig, Ih, and Ii, respectively,
- PEG L is a di-radical of a polyethylenglycol-moiety with a molecular weight between 2 kDa and 5 kDa.
- GH represents human growth hormone, hGH.
- the GH is a derivative of hGH, obtained by chemically modifying one or more amino acids in the hGH sequence.
- Exemplary GH derivatives include, but are not limited to, hGH covalently conjugated to one or more other moities.
- GH is a variant of hGH, wherein a variant is understood to be the compound obtained by substituting one or more amino acid residues in the hGH sequence with another natural or unnatural amino acid; and/or by adding one or more natural or unnatural amino acids to the hGH sequence; and/or by deleting one or more amino acid residue from the hGH sequence, wherein any of these steps may optionally be followed by further derivatization of one or more amino acid residues.
- substitutions are conservative in the sense that one amino acid residue is substituted by another amino acid residue from the same group, i.e. by another amino acid residue with similar properties.
- Amino acids may conveniently be divided in the following groups based on their properties: Basic amino acids (such as arginine, lysine, histidine), acidic amino acids (such as glutamic acid and aspartic acid), polar amino acids (such as glutamine, cysteine and asparagine), hydrophobic amino acids (such as leucine, isoleucine, proline, methionine and valine), aromatic amino acids (such as phenylalanine, tryptophan, tyrosine) and small amino acids (such as glycine, alanine, serine and threonine.).
- Basic amino acids such as arginine, lysine, histidine
- acidic amino acids such as glutamic acid and aspartic acid
- polar amino acids such as glutamine, cysteine and asparagine
- hydrophobic amino acids such as leucine, isoleucine, proline, methionine and valine
- aromatic amino acids such as phenylalanine, try
- GH has at least 80%, such as at least 85%, such as at least 90%, such as at least 95% identity with hGH.
- said identities to hGH is coupled to at least 20%, such as at least 40%, such as at least 60%, such as at least 80% of the growth hormone activity of hGH as determined in assay I herein.
- identity refers to a relationship between the sequences of two or more proteins, as determined by comparing the sequences.
- identity also means the degree of sequence relatedness between proteins, as determined by the number of matches between strings of two or more amino acid residues.
- Identity measures the percent of identical matches between the smaller of two or more sequences with gap alignments (if any) addressed by a particular mathematical model or computer program (i.e., "algorithms").
- Identity of related proteins can be readily calculated by known methods. Such methods include, but are not limited to, those described in Computational
- Preferred methods to determine identity are designed to give the largest match between the sequences tested. Methods to determine identity are described in publicly available computer programs. Preferred computer program methods to determine identity be- tween two sequences include the GCG program package, including GAP (Devereux et al., Nucl. Acid. Res., 12:387 (1984); Genetics Computer Group, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.), BLASTP, BLASTN, and FASTA (Altschul et al., J. MoI. Biol., 215:403-410 (1990)). The BLASTX program is publicly available from the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) and other sources (BLAST Manual, Altschul et al. NCB/NLM/NIH Be- thesda, Md. 20894; Altschul et al., supra). The well known Smith Waterman algorithm may also be used to determine identity.
- NCBI National Center for Biotechnology Information
- GAP Genetics Computer Group, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.
- two proteins for which the percent sequence identity is to be determined are aligned for optimal matching of their respective amino acids (the "matched span", as determined by the algorithm).
- a gap opening penalty (which is calculated as 3. times, the average diagonal; the "average diagonal” is the average of the diagonal of the comparison matrix being used; the “diagonal” is the score or number assigned to each perfect amino acid match by the particular comparison matrix)
- a gap extension penalty which is usually ⁇ fraction (1/10) ⁇ times the gap opening penalty
- a comparison matrix such as PAM 250 or BLOSUM 62 are used in conjunction with the algorithm.
- a stan- dard comparison matrix (see Dayhoff et al., Atlas of Protein Sequence and Structure, vol. 5, supp.3 (1978) for the PAM 250 comparison matrix; Henikoff et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA, 89:10915-10919 (1992) for the BLOSUM 62 comparison matrix) is also used by the algorithm.
- Preferred parameters for a protein sequence comparison include the following:
- the GAP program is useful with the above parameters.
- the aforementioned pa- rameters are the default parameters for protein comparisons (along with no penalty for end gaps) using the GAP algorithm.
- Both R and E independently represent a bond or a linker.
- These linkers may be absent (i.e. R and/or E represents a bond) or selected from amongst alkane, alkene or alkyne diradicals and hetero alkane, hetero alkene and hetero alkyne diradicals, wherein one or more optionally substituted aromatic homocyclic biradical or biradical of a heterocyclic compound, e.g. phenylene or piperidine biradical may be inserted into the aforementioned biradi- cals.
- said linkers may also comprise substitutions by groups selected from amongst hydroxyl, halogen, nitro, cyano, carboxyl, aryl, alkyl and heteroaryl.
- E and R include bi-radicals of straight, branched and/or cyclic Ci-i O alkane, C 2 -ioalkene, C 2 -ioalkyne, Ci-i 0 heteroalkane, C 2 -ioheteroalkene, C 2 -ioheteroalkyne, wherein one or more homocyclic aromatic compound biradical or heterocyclic compound biradical may be inserted.
- Particular examples of E and R include
- A represents the biradical formed in the reaction between X and Y as described below.
- Examples of A include oxime bond, hydrazone bond, phenylhydrazone bond, semicar- apelone moiety, triazole bond, isooxazolidine bond, amide bond or aralkyne bond.
- G i.e. R-A-E
- G i.e. R-A-E represents
- G i.e., R-A-E, represents or
- G i.e., R-A-E
- mPEG represents a mPEG with a molecular weight between around 0.5 kDa and around 100 kDa, such as between around 5 kDa and around 80 kDa, such as between around 10 kDa and around 60 kDa, such as between around 10 kDa and around 40 kDa.
- mPEG with a molecular weight around 5 kDa, around 10 kDa, around 15 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa, around 40 kDa, and around 60 kDa.
- Said mPEG may be branched in the sense that the moiety comprises more than one mPEG arm, typically two or three arms.
- mPEG with a molecular weight around 40 kDa may be difficult to prepare as a single chain molecule, but may be prepared as a branched mPEG comprising two mPEG arms, each with a molecular weight of around 20 kDa.
- Particular examples of compounds of formula I include
- mPEG has a molecular weight around 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
- mPEG has a molecular weight around 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
- mPEG has a molecular weight around 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
- each mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
- each mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
- mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa; in which each mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
- each mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
- each mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa; j in which mPEG has a molecular weight of about kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
- mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
- mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa.
- the compounds of the present invention have improved pharmacological properties compared to the corresponding un-conjugated growth hormone, which is also referred to as the parent compound.
- the unconjugated GH may both represent GH and GH- XX-AIa.
- Examples of such pharmacological properties include functional in vivo half-life, im- munogencity, renal filtration, protease protection and albumin binding.
- the term "functional in vivo half-life” is used in its normal meaning, i.e., the time at which 50% of the biological activity of the GH or GH conjugate are still present in the body/target organ, or the time at which the activity of the GH or GH conjugate is 50% of its initial value.
- "in vivo plasma half- life” may be determined, i.e., the time at which 50% of the GH or GH conjugate circulate in the plasma or bloodstream prior to being cleared. Determination of plasma half-life is often more simple than determining functional half-life and the magnitude of plasma half-life is usually a good indication of the magnitude of functional in vivo half-life.
- plasma half-life alternatives include serum half-life, circulating half-life, circulatory half-life, serum clearance, plasma clearance, and clearance half-life.
- the term "increased" as used in connection with the functional in vivo half-life or plasma half-life is used to indicate that the relevant half-life of the GH conjugate is statistically significantly increased relative to that of the parent GH, as determined under comparable conditions. For instance the relevant half-life may be increased by at least about 25%, such as by at lest about 50%, e.g., by at least about 100%, 150%, 200%, 250%, or 500%.
- the compounds of the present invention exhibit an increase in half-life of at least about 5 h, preferably at least about 24 h, more preferably at least about 72 h, and most preferably at least about 7 days, relative to the half-life of the parent GH.
- Measurement of in vivo plasma half-life can be carried out in a number of ways as described in the literature.
- An increase in in vivo plasma half-life may be quantified as a de- crease in clearance (CL) or as an increase in mean residence time (MRT).
- Conjugated GH of the present invention for which the CL is decreased to less than 70%, such as less than 50%, such than less than 20%, such than less than 10% of the CL of the parent GH as determined in a suitable assay is said to have an increased in vivo plasma half-life.
- Conjugated GH of the present invention for which MRT is increased to more than 130%, such as more than 150%, such as more than 200%, such as more than 500% of the MRT of the parent GH in a suitable assay is said to have an increased in vivo plasma half-life. Clearance and mean residence time can be assessed in standard pharmacokinetic studies using suitable test animals. It is within the capabilities of a person skilled in the art to choose a suitable test animal for a given protein. Tests in human, of course, represent the ultimate test. Suitable text animals include normal, Sprague-Dawley male rats, mice and cynomolgus monkeys.
- mice and rats are in injected in a single subcutaneous bolus, while monkeys may be injected in a single subcutaneous bolus or in a single iv dose.
- the amount injected depends on the test animal.
- blood samples are taken over a period of one to five days as appropriate for the assessment of CL and MRT.
- the blood samples are conven- iently analysed by ELISA techniques.
- Immunogenicity of a compound refers to the ability of the compound, when administered to a human, to elicit a deleterious immune response, whether humoral, cellular, or both. In any human sub-population, there may exist individuals who exhibit sensitivity to particular administered proteins. Immunogenicity may be measured by quantifying the presence of growth hormone antibodies and/or growth hormone responsive T-cells in a sensitive individual, using conventional methods known in the art.
- the conjugated GH of the present invention exhibit a decrease in immunogenicity in a sensitive individual of at least about 10%, preferably at least about 25%, more preferably at least about 40% and most preferably at least about 50%, relative to the immunogenicity for that individual of the parent GH.
- protease protection or “protease protected” as used herein is intended to indicate that the conjugated GH of the present invention is more resistant to the plasma peptidase or proteases than is the parent GH.
- Protease and peptidase enzymes present in plasma are known to be involved in the degradation of circulating proteins, such as e.g. circulating pep- tide hormones, such as growth hormone.
- Growth hormone may be susceptible to degradation by for instance thrombin, plasmin, subtilisin, and chymotrypsin-like serine proteinase. Assays for determination of degradation of these proteases are described ain J.Biotech., 65, 183, 1998.
- the rate of hydrolysis of the GH conjugate is less than 70%, such as less than 40%, such as less than 10% of that of the parent GH.
- Serum albumin The most abundant protein component in circulating blood of mammalian species is serum albumin, which is normally present at a concentration of approximately 3 to 4.5 grams per 100 milliters of whole blood.
- Serum albumin is a blood protein of approximately 70,000 daltons which has several important functions in the circulatory system. It functions as a transporter of a variety of organic molecules found in the blood, as the main transporter of various metabolites such as fatty acids and bilirubin through the blood, and, owing to its abundance, as an osmotic regulator of the circulating blood.
- Serum albumin has a half-life of more than one week, and one approach to increasing the plasma half-life of proteins has been to conjugate to the protein a group that binds to serum albumin.
- Albumin binding prop- erty may be determined as described in J.Med.Chem, 43, 2000, 1986-1992, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Compounds of formula (I) exert growth hormone activity and may as such be used in the treatment of diseases or states which will benefit from an increase in the amount of circulating growth hormone.
- the invention provides a method for the treatment of growth hormone deficiency (GHD); Turner Syndrome; Prader-Willi syndrome (PWS);
- APCD chronic dialysis
- malnutritional associated cardiovascular disease in APCD reversal of cachexia in APCD; cancer in APCD; chronic abstractive pulmonal disease in APCD; HIV in APCD; elderly with APCD; chronic liver disease in APCD, fatigue syndrome in APCD; Crohn's disease; impaired liver function; males with HIV infections; short bowel syndrome; central obesity; HIV-associated lipodystrophy syndrome (HALS); male infertility; patients after major elective surgery, alcohol/drug detoxification or neurological trauma; aging; frail elderly; osteo-arthritis; traumatically damaged cartilage; erectile dysfunction; fibromyalgia; memory disorders; depression; traumatic brain injury; subarachnoid haemorrhage; very low birth
- the invention provides a method for the acceleration of the healing of muscle tissue, nervous tissue or wounds; the acceleration or improvement of blood flow to damaged tissue; or the decrease of infection rate in damaged tissue, the method comprising administration to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I.
- the invention relates to the use of compounds according to formula I in the manufacture of diseases benefiting from an increase in the growth hormone plasma level, such as the disease mentioned above.
- a typical parenteral dose is in the range of 10 '9 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg body weight per administration.
- Typical administration doses are from about 0.0000001 to about 10 mg/kg body weight per administration. The exact dose will depend on e.g. indication, medicament, frequency and mode of administration, the sex, age and general condition of the subject to be treated, the nature and the severity of the disease or condition to be treated, the desired effect of the treatment and other factors evident to the person skilled in the art.
- Typical dosing frequencies are twice daily, once daily, bi-daily, twice weekly, once weekly or with even longer dosing intervals. Due to the prolonged half-lifes of the fusion proteins of the present invention, a dosing regime with long dosing intervals, such as twice weekly, once weekly or with even longer dosing intervals is a particular embodiment of the invention.
- Compounds of formula I may advantageously be prepared in a two-step enzyme catalysed reaction.
- the present inventors have surprisingly found that Carboxypeptidase Y (CPY) is particularly well-suited to incorporate into the C-terminal of growth hormones compounds (GH) which have been extended at the C-terminal by a -XX-AIa sequence, a first compound comprising one or more functional groups, which are not accessible in the GH, to form a transacylated compound, and that this transacylated compound may subsequently be reacted with another compound comprising a PEG moiety and one or more functional groups which react with the functional group of the first compound but not with other functional groups accessible in the GH.
- GH growth hormones compounds
- Such method provides a high degree of specificity in that CPY only catalyses the incorporation at the C-terminal, and the two functional groups are selected so that they only react with each other, not with other functional groups accessible in the GH.
- the PEG moiety is only attached at the C-terminal, and by selecting the functional groups, the number of PEG moieties can be controlled.
- the above method may also be used on GH which themselves have a C-terminal -XX-AIa sequence.
- the above method includes an initial step in which the -XX-AIa sequence is at- tached to the C-terminal of GH. This may be done using standard protein chemistry techniques, e.g. de novo synthesis.
- GH-XX-AIa may be produced using standard genetic engineering techniques in which a nucleic acid sequence encoding GH-XX-AIa is inserted in a suitable vector, said vector is introduced into a suitable host cell which is fermented to allow the isolation of GH-XX-AIa from the fermentation broth, e.g.
- Carboxypeptidease Y belongs to the classification groups E. C. 3.4.16.5.
- the in vivo reaction catalysed by said enzyme is the hydrolysis of the C-terminal amino acid residue.
- an enzyme-substrate complex is formed which under normal in vivo conditions is subjected to a nucleophilic attack by a water molecule, which eventually leads to the hydrolysis of the peptide bond.
- a nucleophilic reagent is added, which can out compete water as a nucleophile.
- the water activity may be reduced by running the reaction in solvents or in aqueous solvents.
- said nucleophile attacks the enzyme-substrate complex eventually forming a transacylated compound.
- said re- agent also has to comprise one or more functional groups, which are not accessible in the peptide to be conjugated.
- CPY has specific requirements to the amino acid sequence of a peptide to be able to incorporate a nucleophile into the a C-terminal.
- the particular combination of CPY and GH-XX-AIa, and in particular GH-Leu-Ala is advantageously in that e.g. higher yield are ob- tained in the corresponding reaction between CPY and GH-AIa, while maintaining a close relationship to the GH. This aspect could be of importance if GH represents hGH.
- a close relationship to the natural peptide is generally regarded as an advantage with therapeutic interventions comprising administration of variants or analogues of this natural peptide as it minimizes the risk of e.g. any unwanted antibody generation.
- nucleophilic compounds which could be incorporated into peptides according to the methods of the present invention, and ⁇ -amino acids is one such type of nucleophilic compounds.
- One example of such compounds is amides of ⁇ -amino acids as carboxy amidated peptides are not substrates for carboxypeptidases.
- a compound is a substrate for a given enzyme in principle depends on the conditions, e.g. the time frame, under which the reaction takes place. Given sufficient time, many compounds are, in fact, substrates for an enzyme although they are not under normal conditions regarded as such.
- the transacylated compound itself should not be a substrate of the enzyme it is intended to indicate that the tranacylated compound itself is not a substrate for the enzyme to an extent where the following reactions in the method of the present invention are disturbed. If the transacylated compound is, in fact, a substrate for the enzyme, the enzyme may be removed or inactivated, e.g. by enzyme inhibitors, following the transacylation reaction.
- the invention relates to a method of conjugating GH-XX-AIa, wherein GH-XX-AIa is reacted in one or more steps with a first compound, which is an ⁇ - amino acid amide represented by the formula
- transacylated peptide being further reacted in one or more steps with a second com- pound of the formula
- G represent R-A-E, wherein R represents a linker or a bond; E represents a linker or a bond; A represents the moiety formed by the reaction between the functional groups comprised in X and Y; and GH represent a growth hormone compound;
- X represents a radical comprising a functional group not accessible in the amino acid residues constituting the GH; Y represents a radical comprising one or more functional groups which groups react with functional groups present in X, and which functional groups do not react with functional groups accessible in the GH; PEG represent a poly ethylene glycol moiety; and XX represents an amino acid residue selected from histidine, asparatic acid, arginine, phenylalanine, alanine, glycine, glutamine, glutamic acid, lysine, leucine, methionine, aspar- agine, serine, tyrosine, threonine, isoleucine, tryptophane, proline, and valine.
- the invention relates to methods of conjugating GH-XX-AIa as disclosed above, which further comprises the step of formulating the resulting conjugated peptide in a pharmaceutical composition.
- the conjugated GH-XX-AIa may be isolated and purified by techniques well-known in the art.
- the conjugated peptide may also be converted into a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, if relevant.
- XX represents Leu.
- the moiety, A, formed in the reaction between the functional groups of X and Y may in principle be of any kind depending on what properties of the final conjugated peptide is desired. In some situation it may be desirable to have a labile bond which can be cleaved at some later stage, e.g. by some enzymatic action or by photolysis. In other situations, it may be desirable to have a stable bond, so that a stable conjugated peptide is obtained. Particular mentioning is made of the type of moieties formed by reactions between amine derivatives and carbonyl groups, such as oxime, hydrazone, phenylhydrazone and semicarbazone moieties.
- the functional groups of X and Y are selected from amongst carbonyl groups, such as keto and aldehyde groups, and amino derivatives, such as hydrazine derivatives -NH-NH 2 , hydrazine carboxylate derivatives -0-C(O)-NH-NH 2 , semicarbazide derivatives -NH-C(O)-NH-NH 2 , thiosemicarbazide derivatives -NH-C(S)-NH-NH 2 , carbonic acid dihydrazide derivatives -NHC(O)-NH-NH-C(O)-NH-NH 2 , carbazide derivatives -NH-NH-C(O)-NH-NH 2 , thiocarbazide derivatives -NH-NH-C(S)-NH-NH 2 , aryl hydrazine derivatives -NH-C(O)-C 6 H 4 -NH-NH 2 , and hydrazide derivatives -C(O)
- the functional group comprised in X is a carbonyl group
- the functional group comprised in Y is an amine derivative, and vice versa. Due to the presence of -NH 2 groups in most peptides, a better selectivity is believed to be obtained if X comprises a keto- or an aldehyde- functionality.
- a suitable pair of X and Y is azide derivatives (-N 3 ) and alkynes (or vice versa) which react to form a triazole moiety.
- Another example of a suitable pair of X and Y is alkyne and nitril-oxide (or vice versa), which reacts to form a isooxazolidine moiety.
- X and Y are alkyne and haloaryl (or vice versa), which reacts to form a aralkyne moiety.
- X and Y are alkyne and aryl trifluorosulphonate (or vice versa), which reacts to form a aralkyne moiety.
- 2-amino-3-oxo-butyramide 2-amino-6-(4-oxo- pentanoylamino)-hexanoic acid amide, 2-amino-3-(2-oxo-2-phenyl-ethylsulfanyl)- propionamide, 2-amino-5-oxo-hexanoic acid amide, 2-amino-3-oxo-propionamide, 2-amino- 6-(4-acetylbenzoylamino)hexanoic acid amide, (2S)-2-amino-3-[4-(2- oxopropoxy)phenyl]propionamide, (2S)-2-amino-3-[4-(2-oxobutoxy)phenyl]propionamide, (2S)-2-amino-3-[4-(2-oxopentoxy)phenyl]propionamide, (2S)-2-amino-3-[4-(4- oxox
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa, wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa, wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa, wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa, wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa, and
- mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa.
- the invention relates to growth hormone compounds suitable for the conjugation according to the methods of the present invention, i.e. to compounds of the formula GH-XX-AIa, wherein XX represents an amino acid residue selected from histidine, asparatic acid, arginine, phenylalanine, alanine, glycine, glutamine, glutamic acid, lysine, leucine, methionine, asparagine, serine, tyrosine, threonine, isoleucine, tryptophane, proline, and valine. Particular mentioning is made of hGH-Leu-Ala.
- compositions comprising a conjugated GH of the present invention which is present in a concentration from 10 ⁇ 15 mg/ml to 200 mg/ml, such as e.g. 10 '10 mg/ml to 5 mg/ml and wherein said composition has a pH from 2.0 to 10.0.
- the composition may further comprise pharmaceutical exhibients, such as a buffer system, preservative(s), tonicity agent(s), chelating agent(s), stabilizers and surfactants.
- the pharmaceutical composition is an aqueous composition, i.e. composition comprising water. Such composition is typically a solution or a suspension.
- the pharmaceutical composition is an aqueous solution.
- aqueous composition is defined as a composition comprising at least 50 % w/w water.
- aqueous solution is defined as a solution comprising at least 50 %w/w water, and the term “aqueous suspension” is defined as a suspension comprising at least 50 %w/w water.
- the pharmaceutical composition is a freeze-dried composition, whereto the physician or the patient adds solvents and/or diluents prior to use.
- the pharmaceutical composition is a dried composition (e.g. freeze-dried or spray-dried) ready for use without any prior dissolution.
- the invention in a further aspect relates to a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising an aqueous solution of a GH conjugate, and a buffer, wherein said GH conjugate is present in a concentration from 0.1 -100 mg/ml or above, and wherein said composition has a pH from about 2.0 to about 10.0.
- the pH of the composition is selected from the list consisting of 2.0, 2.1 , 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.1 , 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5,
- the buffer is selected from the group consisting of sodium acetate, sodium carbonate, citrate, glycylglycine, histidine, glycine, lysine, arginine, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate, and tris(hydroxymethyl)-aminomethan, bicine, tricine, malic acid, succinate, maleic acid, fu- maric acid, tartaric acid, aspartic acid or mixtures thereof.
- Each one of these specific buffers constitutes an alternative embodiment of the invention.
- the composition further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable preservative.
- the preservative is selected from the group consisting of phenol, o-cresol, m-cresol, p-cresol, methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, 2-phenoxyethanol, butyl p- hydroxybenzoate, 2-phenylethanol, benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, and thiomerosal, bronopol, benzoic acid, imidurea, chlorohexidine, sodium dehydroacetate, chlorocresol, ethyl p- hydroxybenzoate, benzethonium chloride, chlorphenesine (3p-chlorphenoxypropane-1 ,2-diol) or mixtures thereof.
- the preservative is present in a concentration from 0.1 mg/ml to 20 mg/ml. In a further embodiment of the invention the preservative is present in a concentration from 0.1 mg/ml to 5 mg/ml. In a further embodiment of the invention the preservative is present in a concentration from 5 mg/ml to 10 mg/ml. In a further embodiment of the invention the preservative is present in a concentration from 10 mg/ml to 20 mg/ml. Each one of these specific preservatives constitutes an alternative embodiment of the invention.
- the use of a preservative in pharmaceutical compositions is well-known to the skilled person. For convenience reference is made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20 th edition, 2000.
- the composition further comprises an isotonic agent.
- the isotonic agent is selected from the group consisting of a salt (e.g. sodium chloride), a sugar or sugar alcohol, an amino acid (e.g. L-glycine, L-histidine, arginine, lysine, isoleucine, aspartic acid, tryptophan, threonine), an alditol (e.g. glycerol (glycerine), 1 ,2-propanediol (propyleneglycol), 1 ,3-propanediol, 1 ,3- butanediol) polyethyleneglycol (e.g.
- Any sugar such as mono-, di-, or polysaccharides, or water-soluble glucans, including for example fructose, glucose, mannose, sorbose, xylose, maltose, lactose, sucrose, trehalose, dextran, pullulan, dextrin, cyclodextrin, soluble starch, hydroxyethyl starch and carboxymethylcellulose-Na may be used.
- the sugar additive is sucrose.
- Sugar alcohol is defined as a C4-C8 hydrocarbon having at least one -OH group and includes, for example, mannitol, sorbitol, inositol, galactitol, dulcitol, xylitol, and arabitol.
- the sugar alcohol additive is mannitol.
- the sugars or sugar alcohols mentioned above may be used individually or in combination. There is no fixed limit to the amount used, as long as the sugar or sugar alcohol is soluble in the liquid preparation and does not adversely effect the stabilizing effects obtained using the methods of the invention.
- the sugar or sugar alcohol concentration is between about 1 mg/ml and about 150 mg/ml.
- the isotonic agent is present in a concentration from 1 mg/ml to 50 mg/ml. In a further embodiment of the invention the isotonic agent is present in a concentration from 1 mg/ml to 7 mg/ml. In a further embodiment of the invention the isotonic agent is present in a concentration from 8 mg/ml to 24 mg/ml. In a further embodiment of the invention the isotonic agent is present in a concentration from 25 mg/ml to 50 mg/ml. Each one of these specific isotonic agents constitutes an alternative embodiment of the invention. The use of an isotonic agent in pharmaceutical compositions is well-known to the skilled person.
- the composition further comprises a chelating agent.
- the chelating agent is selected from salts of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), citric acid, and aspartic acid, and mixtures thereof.
- EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
- the chelating agent is present in a concentration from 0.1 mg/ml to 5mg/ml.
- the chelating agent is present in a concentration from 0.1 mg/ml to 2mg/ml.
- the chelating agent is present in a concentration from 2mg/ml to 5mg/ml.
- concentration from 2mg/ml to 5mg/ml.
- Each one of these specific chelating agents constitutes an alternative embodiment of the invention.
- the use of a chelating agent in pharmaceutical compositions is well-known to the skilled person. For convenience reference is made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20 th edition, 2000.
- compositions of the invention further comprises a stabilizer.
- a stabilizer in pharmaceutical compositions is well-known to the skilled person. For convenience reference is made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20 th edition, 2000. More particularly, compositions of the invention are stabilized liquid pharmaceutical compositions whose therapeutically active components include a protein that possibly exhibits aggregate formation during storage in liquid pharmaceutical compositions.
- aggregate formation is intended a physical interaction between the protein molecules that results in formation of oligomers, which may remain soluble, or large visible aggregates that precipitate from the solution.
- during storage is intended a liquid pharmaceutical composition or composition once prepared, is not immediately administered to a subject.
- liquid pharmaceutical composition or composition is dried either by freeze drying (i.e., lyophilization; see, for example, Williams and PoIIi (1984) J. Parenteral Sci. Technol. 38:48-59), spray drying (see Masters (1991 ) in Spray-Drying Handbook (5th ed; Longman Scientific and Technical, Essez, U.K.), pp. 491 -676; Broadhead et al. (1992) Drug Devel. Ind. Pharm.
- compositions of the invention may further comprise an amount of an amino acid base sufficient to decrease aggregate formation by the protein during storage of the composition.
- amino acid base is intended an amino acid or a combination of amino acids, where any given amino acid is present either in its free base form or in its salt form. Where a combination of amino acids is used, all of the amino acids may be present in their free base forms, all may be present in their salt forms, or some may be present in their free base forms while others are present in their salt forms.
- amino acids to use in preparing the compositions of the invention are those carrying a charged side chain, such as arginine, lysine, aspartic acid, and glutamic acid.
- Any stereoisomer i.e., L or D isomer, or mixtures thereof
- a particular amino acid methionine, histidine, arginine, lysine, isoleucine, aspartic acid, tryptophan, threonine and mixtures thereof
- an organic base such as but not limited to imidazole
- the L-stereoisomer of an amino acid is used.
- the L- stereoisomer is used.
- Compositions of the invention may also be formulated with analogues of these amino acids.
- amino acid analogue is intended a derivative of the naturally occurring amino acid that brings about the desired effect of decreasing aggregate formation by the protein during storage of the liquid pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
- Suitable arginine analogues include, for example, aminoguanidine, ornithine and N-monoethyl L- arginine
- suitable methionine analogues include ethionine and buthionine
- suitable cysteine analogues include S-methyl-L cysteine.
- the amino acid analogues are incorporated into the compositions in either their free base form or their salt form.
- the amino acids or amino acid analogues are used in a concentration, which is sufficient to prevent or delay aggregation of the protein.
- methionine or other sulphuric amino acids or amino acid analogous
- methionine may be added to inhibit oxidation of methionine residues to methionine sulfoxide when the protein acting as the therapeutic agent is a protein comprising at least one methionine residue susceptible to such oxidation.
- inhibit is intended minimal accumulation of methionine oxidized species over time. Inhibiting methionine oxidation results in greater retention of the protein in its proper molecular form.
- any stereoisomer of methionine (L or D isomer) or any combinations thereof can be used.
- the amount to be added should be an amount sufficient to inhibit oxidation of the methionine residues such that the amount of methionine sulfoxide is acceptable to regulatory agencies. Typically, this means that the composition contains no more than about 10% to about 30% methionine sulfoxide. Generally, this can be obtained by adding methionine such that the ratio of methionine added to methionine residues ranges from about 1 :1 to about 1000:1 , such as 10:1 to about 100:1.
- the composition further comprises a stabilizer selected from the group of high molecular weight polymers or low molecular compounds.
- the stabilizer is selected from polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 3350), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyvinylpyrrolidone, carboxy- /hydroxycellulose or derivates thereof (e.g. HPC, HPC-SL, HPC-L and HPMC), cyclodextrins, sulphur-containing substances as monothioglycerol, thioglycolic acid and 2- methylthioethanol, and different salts (e.g. sodium chloride).
- PEG 3350 polyethylene glycol
- PVA polyvinyl alcohol
- PVC polyvinylpyrrolidone
- carboxy- /hydroxycellulose or derivates thereof e.g. HPC, HPC-SL, HPC-L and HPMC
- cyclodextrins e.g. sulphur-containing substances as monothioglycerol, thi
- compositions may also comprise additional stabilizing agents, which further enhance stability of a therapeutically active protein therein.
- Stabilizing agents of particular interest to the present invention include, but are not limited to, methionine and EDTA, which protect the protein against methionine oxidation, and a nonionic surfactant, which protects the protein against aggregation associated with freeze-thawing or mechanical shearing.
- the composition further comprises a surfactant.
- the surfactant is selected from a detergent, ethoxylated castor oil, polyglycolyzed glycerides, acetylated monoglycerides, sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxypropylene-polyoxyethylene block polymers (eg. poloxamers such as Pluronic ® F68, poloxamer 188 and 407, Triton X-100 ), polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene and polyethylene derivatives such as alkylated and alkoxylated derivatives (tweens, e.g.
- Tween-20, Tween-40, Tween-80 and Brij-35 monoglycerides or ethoxylated derivatives thereof, diglycerides or polyoxyethylene derivatives thereof, alcohols, glycerol, lectins and phospholipids (eg. phosphatidyl serine, phosphatidyl choline, phosphatidyl ethanolamine, phosphatidyl inositol, diphosphatidyl glycerol and sphingomyelin), derivates of phospholipids (eg. dipalmitoyl phosphatidic acid) and lysophospholipids (eg.
- phospholipids eg. dipalmitoyl phosphatidic acid
- lysophospholipids eg.
- ceramides e.g. sodium tauro-dihydrofusidate etc.
- long-chain fatty acids and salts thereof C 6 -Ci 2 (eg.
- acylcarnitines and derivatives N ⁇ -acylated derivatives of lysine, arginine or histidine, or side-chain acylated derivatives of lysine or arginine, N ⁇ -acylated derivatives of dipeptides comprising any combination of lysine, arginine or histidine and a neutral or acidic amino acid, N ⁇ -acylated derivative of a tripeptide comprising any combination of a neutral amino acid and two charged amino acids, DSS (docusate sodium, CAS registry no [577-11 -7]), docusate calcium, CAS registry no [128-49- 4]), docusate potassium, CAS registry no [7491 -09-0]), SDS (sodium dodecyl sulphate or sodium lauryl sulphate), sodium caprylate, cholic acid or derivatives thereof, bile acids and salts thereof and glycine or tau
- N-alkyl-N,N-dimethylammonio-1 -propanesulfonates S-cholamido-i -propyldimethylammonio-i -propanesulfonate
- cationic surfactants quaternary ammonium bases
- cetyl-trimethylammonium bromide cetylpyridinium chloride
- non- ionic surfactants eg. Dodecyl ⁇ -D-glucopyranoside
- poloxamines eg.
- Tetronic's which are tetrafunctional block copolymers derived from sequential addition of propylene oxide and ethylene oxide to ethylenediamine, or the surfactant may be selected from the group of imidazoline derivatives, or mixtures thereof. Each one of these specific surfactants constitutes an alternative embodiment of the invention.
- a surfactant in pharmaceutical compositions is well-known to the skilled person. For convenience reference is made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20 th edition, 2000. It is possible that other ingredients may be present in the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention. Such additional ingredients may include wetting agents, emulsi- fiers, antioxidants, bulking agents, tonicity modifiers, chelating agents, metal ions, oleaginous vehicles, proteins (e.g., human serum albumin, gelatine or proteins) and a zwitterion (e.g., an amino acid such as betaine, taurine, arginine, glycine, lysine and histidine). Such additional ingredients, of course, should not adversely affect the overall stability of the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.
- compositions containing a GH conjugate according to the present invention may be administered to a patient in need of such treatment at several sites, for ex- ample, at topical sites, for example, skin and mucosal sites, at sites which bypass absorption, for example, administration in an artery, in a vein, in the heart, and at sites which involve absorption, for example, administration in the skin, under the skin, in a muscle or in the abdomen.
- topical sites for example, skin and mucosal sites
- sites which bypass absorption for example, administration in an artery, in a vein, in the heart
- sites which involve absorption for example, administration in the skin, under the skin, in a muscle or in the abdomen.
- Administration of pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention may be through several routes of administration, for example, lingual, sublingual, buccal, in the mouth, oral, in the stomach and intestine, nasal, pulmonary, for example, through the bronchioles and alveoli or a combination thereof, epidermal, dermal, transdermal, vaginal, rectal, ocular, for examples through the conjunctiva, uretal, and parenteral to patients in need of such a treatment.
- routes of administration for example, lingual, sublingual, buccal, in the mouth, oral, in the stomach and intestine, nasal, pulmonary, for example, through the bronchioles and alveoli or a combination thereof, epidermal, dermal, transdermal, vaginal, rectal, ocular, for examples through the conjunctiva, uretal, and parenteral to patients in need of such a treatment.
- compositions of the current invention may be administered in several dosage forms, for example, as solutions, suspensions, emulsions, microemulsions, multiple emulsion, foams, salves, pastes, plasters, ointments, tablets, coated tablets, rinses, capsules, for example, hard gelatine capsules and soft gelatine capsules, suppositories, rectal capsules, drops, gels, sprays, powder, aerosols, inhalants, eye drops, ophthalmic ointments, ophthal- mic rinses, vaginal pessaries, vaginal rings, vaginal ointments, injection solution, in situ transforming solutions, for example in situ gelling, in situ setting, in situ precipitating, in situ crystallization, infusion solution, and implants.
- solutions for example, suspensions, emulsions, microemulsions, multiple emulsion, foams, salves, pastes, plasters, ointments, tablets, coated tablets, rinses
- compositions of the invention may further be compounded in, or attached to, for example through covalent, hydrophobic and electrostatic interactions, a drug carrier, drug de- livery system and advanced drug delivery system in order to further enhance stability of the GH conjugate, increase bioavailability, increase solubility, decrease adverse effects, achieve chronotherapy well known to those skilled in the art, and increase patient compliance or any combination thereof.
- carriers, drug delivery systems and advanced drug delivery systems include, but are not limited to, polymers, for example cellulose and derivatives, polysaccharides, for example dextran and derivatives, starch and derivatives, polyvinyl al- cohol), acrylate and methacrylate polymers, polylactic and polyglycolic acid and block copolymers thereof, polyethylene glycols, carrier proteins, for example albumin, gels, for example, thermogelling systems, for example block co-polymeric systems well known to those skilled in the art, micelles, liposomes, microspheres, nanoparticulates, liquid crystals and dispersions thereof, L2 phase and dispersions there of, well known to those skilled in the art of phase behaviour in lipid-water systems, polymeric micelles, multiple emulsions, self- emulsifying, self-microemulsifying, cyclodextrins and derivatives thereof, and dendrimers.
- polymers for example cellulose and derivatives, polysaccharides, for example dextran
- compositions of the current invention are useful in the composition of solids, semisolids, powder and solutions for pulmonary administration of GH conjugate, using, for exam- pie a metered dose inhaler, dry powder inhaler and a nebulizer, all being devices well known to those skilled in the art.
- compositions of the current invention are specifically useful in the composition of controlled, sustained, protracting, retarded, and slow release drug delivery systems. More specifically, but not limited to, compositions are useful in composition of parenteral controlled release and sustained release systems (both systems leading to a many-fold reduction in number of administrations), well known to those skilled in the art. Even more preferably, are controlled release and sustained release systems administered subcutaneous.
- examples of useful controlled release system and compositions are hydrogels, oleaginous gels, liquid crystals, polymeric micelles, microspheres, nanoparticles,
- Methods to produce controlled release systems useful for compositions of the current invention include, but are not limited to, crystallization, condensation, co-crystallization, precipitation, co-precipitation, emulsification, dispersion, high pressure homogenisation, encapsulation, spray drying, microencapsulating, coacervation, phase separation, solvent evaporation to produce microspheres, extrusion and supercritical fluid processes.
- General reference is made to Handbook of Pharmaceutical Controlled Release (Wise, D. L., ed. Marcel Dekker, New York, 2000) and Drug and the Pharmaceutical Sciences vol. 99: Protein Composition and Delivery (MacNally, EJ. , ed. Marcel Dekker, New York, 2000).
- Parenteral administration may be performed by subcutaneous, intramuscular, in- traperitoneal or intravenous injection by means of a syringe, optionally a pen-like syringe.
- parenteral administration can be performed by means of an infusion pump.
- a further option is a composition which may be a solution or suspension for the administration of the GH conjugate in the form of a nasal or pulmonal spray.
- the pharmaceutical compositions containing the GH conjugate of the invention can also be adapted to transdermal administration, e.g. by needle-free injection or from a patch, optionally an iontophoretic patch, or transmucosal, e.g. buccal, administration.
- stabilized composition refers to a composition with increased physical stability, increased chemical stability or increased physical and chemical stability.
- physical stability of the protein composition as used herein refers to the tendency of the protein to form biologically inactive and/or insoluble aggregates of the protein as a result of exposure of the protein to thermo-mechanical stresses and/or interaction with interfaces and surfaces that are destabilizing, such as hydrophobic surfaces and interfaces. Physical stability of the aqueous protein compositions is evaluated by means of visual in- spection and/or turbidity measurements after exposing the composition filled in suitable containers (e.g. cartridges or vials) to mechanical/physical stress (e.g. agitation) at different temperatures for various time periods.
- suitable containers e.g. cartridges or vials
- the turbidity of the composition is characterized by a visual score ranking the degree of turbidity for instance on a scale from 0 to 3 (a com- position showing no turbidity corresponds to a visual score 0, and a composition showing visual turbidity in daylight corresponds to visual score 3).
- a composition is classified physical unstable with respect to protein aggregation, when it shows visual turbidity in daylight.
- the turbidity of the composition can be evaluated by simple turbidity measurements well-known to the skilled person. Physical stability of the aqueous protein compositions can also be evaluated by using a spectroscopic agent or probe of the conformational status of the protein.
- the probe is preferably a small molecule that preferentially binds to a non-native conformer of the protein.
- a small molecular spectroscopic probe of protein structure is Thioflavin T.
- Thioflavin T is a fluorescent dye that has been widely used for the detection of amyloid fibrils. In the presence of fibrils, and perhaps other protein configurations as well, Thioflavin T gives rise to a new excitation maximum at about 450 nm and enhanced emission at about 482 nm when bound to a fibril protein form. Unbound Thioflavin T is essentially non-fluorescent at the wavelengths.
- hydrophobic patch probes that bind pref- erentially to exposed hydrophobic patches of a protein.
- the hydrophobic patches are generally buried within the tertiary structure of a protein in its native state, but become exposed as a protein begins to unfold or denature.
- these small molecular, spectroscopic probes are aromatic, hydrophobic dyes, such as antrhacene, acridine, phenanthroline or the like.
- spectroscopic probes are metal-amino acid complexes, such as cobalt metal complexes of hydrophobic amino acids, such as phenylalanine, leucine, isoleucine, methionine, and valine, or the like.
- chemical stability of the protein composition refers to chemical covalent changes in the protein structure leading to formation of chemical degrada- tion products with potential less biological potency and/or potential increased immunogenic properties compared to the native protein structure.
- Various chemical degradation products can be formed depending on the type and nature of the native protein and the environment to which the protein is exposed. Elimination of chemical degradation can most probably not be completely avoided and increasing amounts of chemical degradation products is often seen during storage and use of the protein composition as well-known by the person skilled in the art.
- Most proteins are prone to deamidation, a process in which the side chain amide group in glutaminyl or asparaginyl residues is hydrolysed to form a free carboxylic acid.
- a "stabilized composition” refers to a composition with increased physical stability, increased chemical stability or increased physical and chemical stability. In general, a composition must be stable during use and storage (in compliance with recommended use and storage conditions) until the expiration date is reached.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprising the GH conjugate is stable for more than 6 weeks of usage and for more than 3 years of storage. In another embodiment of the invention the pharmaceutical composition comprising the GH conjugate is stable for more than 4 weeks of usage and for more than 3 years of storage. In a further embodiment of the invention the pharmaceutical composition comprising the GH conjugateis stable for more than 4 weeks of usage and for more than two years of storage.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprising the GH conjugate is stable for more than 2 weeks of usage and for more than two years of storage.
- UV detections at 214nm and 254nm were collected using a
- the compounds are eluted with a linear gradient of 0-60% acetonitrile in water which is buffered with 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid over 15 minutes at a flow-rate of 1.0 min/min.
- Method 02-B4-4 The RP-analyses was performed using an Alliance Waters 2695 system fitted with a Waters 2487 dualband detector. UV detections at 214nm and 254nm were collected using a Symmetry300 C18 , 5 urn, 3.9 mm x 150 mm column, 42 0 C. The compounds are eluted with a linear gradient of 5-95% acetonitrile in water which is buffered with 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid over 15 minutes at a flow-rate of 1.0 min/min.
- the RP-analysis was performed using a Waters 2690 systems fitted with a Waters 996 diode array detector. UV detections were collected at 214, 254, 276, and 301 nm on a 218TP54 4.6 mm x 250 mm 5 ⁇ C-18 silica column (The Seperations Group, Hesperia), which was eluted at 1 ml/min at 42 0 C. The column was equilibrated with 5% acetonitrile, which was buffered with 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid, in a 0.1 % aqueous solution of trifluoroacetic acid in water.
- the sample was eluted by a gradient of 0% to 90% acetonitrile, which was buffered with 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid, in a 0.1 % aqueous solution of trifluoroacetic acid in water during 50 min.
- CPY Carboxypeptidase Y.
- PMSF Phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride.
- transacylating compound e.g. the compound of the formula
- Y-E-PEG may either be acquired commercially or synthesized according to the following guidelines in general methods below.
- R' and R" independently represents C ⁇ salkylene, C 2 -i 5 alkenylene, C 2 -i 5 alkynylene, Ci-isheteroalkylene, C 2 -i 5 heteroalkenylene, C 2 -i 5 heteroalkynylene, wherein one or more ho- mocyclic aromatic compound biradical or heterocyclic compound biradical may be inserted, may be prepared from a suitable amino acid methyl ester which is protected at the alpha- amino group by a suitable protecting group PG as described in the literature (e.g. T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2 nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York)
- acylation method e.g. using an suitable acid, in which X may or may not be protected by a suitable protective group, as described in the literature (e.g. T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2 nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York)
- a coupling reagent such as e.g. 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole, 3,4-dihydro-3- hydroxybenzotriazin-4-one or 7-azabenzotriazole in combination with e.g. a carbodiimide such as e.g. diisopropylcarbodiimide or 1 -(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride in the presence or absence of a suitable base such as e.g. triethylamine or ethyldiisopropylamine to form the ester of type
- a coupling reagent such as e.g. 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole, 3,4-dihydro-3- hydroxybenzotriazin-4-one or 7-azabenzotriazole in combination with e.g. a carbodiimide such as e.g. diisopropylcarbodiimide or 1 -(3
- the ester may be transformed into the corresponding amide by reaction with e.g. ammonia in a suitable solvent or mixture of solvents such as e. g. water or ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide.
- a suitable solvent or mixture of solvents such as e. g. water or ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide.
- Amino acid methyl esters are generally commercially available, or they may be synthesized by well-known methods.
- R' and R" are defined as above, may be prepared from a suitable amino acid methyl ester which is protected at the alpha-amino group by a suitable protecting group PG, as described in the literature (e.g. T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2 nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York)
- the ester may be transformed into the corresponding amide by reaction with e.g. ammonia in a suitable solvent or mixture of solvents such as e. g. water or ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide.
- a suitable solvent or mixture of solvents such as e. g. water or ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide.
- R' and R" are defined as above, may be prepared from a suitable amino acid methyl ester which is protected at the alpha-amino group by a suitable protecting group PG, as and described in the literature, e.g. in T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2 nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York)
- the anion of LG' is a suitable leaving group such as halogenide or sulfonate and X may or may not be protected by a suitable protective group as described in the literature, e.g. in T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2 nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York.
- the reaction may take place under basic conditions, applying bases such as e.g. potassium carbonate, diazabicylo[5,4,0]undec-5-ene, or tert- butyltetramethyluanidine at a suitable temperature, typically between -78 0 C and 200 0 C
- the ester may be transformed into the corresponding amide by reaction with e.g. ammonia in a suitable solvent or mixture of solvents such as e. g. water or ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide.
- a suitable solvent or mixture of solvents such as e. g. water or ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide.
- R' and R" are defined as above, may be prepared from a suitable acid which is protected at the alpha-amino group by a suitable protecting group PG, as described in the literature, e.g. in T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2 nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York
- acylation conditions known to a person skilled in the art e.g. a coupling reagent such as e.g. 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole, 3,4-dihydro-3- hydroxybenzotriazin-4-one or 7-azabenzotriazole in combination with e.g. a carbodiimide such as e.g. diisopropylcarbodiimide or 1 -(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hy- drochloride in the presence or absence of a suitable base such as e.g. triethylamine or ethyldiisopropylamine to form an amide
- a coupling reagent such as e.g. 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole, 3,4-dihydro-3- hydroxybenzotriazin-4-one or 7-azabenzotriazole in combination with e.g. a carbodiimide such as
- This derivative is converted into an amino acid amide by conversion of the acid derivative into an amide and deprotection of the alpha-amino group.
- Suitable N-protecting groups are for instance trityl, phthaloyl, or alkoxycarbonyl groups, such as tert- butyloxycarbonyl
- n represents an integer from 1 to 10.
- Aspartic or glutamic acids can be selectively protected by treatment of an N-alkoxycarbonyl derivative with formaldehyde, to yield cyclic esters as shown below:
- R 60 represents terf-butyl, benzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, allyl, 2- (trimethylsilyl)ethyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, or benzhydryl
- R 80 represents alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, said aryl or heteroaryl being optionally substituted once or several times with d- 6 alkoxy, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, acyl, alkyl, or nitro
- M 1 represents an alkali metal, Mg, Zn, Ti, Zr, Mn, Cu, Ce, or Ca, optionally in the pres- ence of a suitable catalyst. Reaction of the product with ammonia and de
- reaction of N-alkoxycarbonyl pyroglutamic acid esters in which R 70 represents tert- butyl, benzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, allyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, or benzhydryl, and R 80 represents lower alkyl, with nucleophilic carbon reagents can yield protected, keto- group-containing amino acid derivatives. Reaction of the product with ammonia and deprotection will yield the desired amino acid amide:
- N-protected glutamic acid diesters as those shown below, in which R 90 represents lower alkyl, can be selectively acylated at carbon to yield, after hydrolysis and decarboxylation, protected derivatives of keto-group-containing amino acids, which can be converted into amino acid amides using standard procedures
- R'" represents Ci-i 5 alkylene, C 2 -i5alkenylene, C 2 -i5alkynylene, Ci-i 5 heteroalkylene, C 2 -i 5 heteroalkenylene, C 2 -i 5 heteroalkynylene, wherein one or more homocyclic aromatic compound biradical or heterocyclic compound biradical may be inserted and wherein G 3 is a bond or a linker, may be prepared from a suitable protected primary or secondary amine
- PG may be a suitable protection group, as described in the literature, e.g. in T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2 nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York, and wherein the anion of LG'" is a leaving group, such as e.g. halo- genide or sulfonate.
- This amine is reacted with a suitable protected hydroxylamine
- PG' is a protecting group, which is chosen in a way that PG can be removed from an amine without removal of PG' from the hydroxylamine. Examples for that can be found in the literature, e.g. in T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2 nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York.
- the two components are reacted under basic conditions such as e.g. sodium hydride at a suitable temperature such as e.g -78 0 C to 200 0 C.
- the protecting group of the amine may be removed selectively with a method described in the literature
- the amine may be acylated with a suitable acid and a coupling reagent such as e.g. 1 - hydroxybenzotriazole, 3,4-dihydro-3-hydroxybenzotriazin-4-one or 7-azabenzotriazole in combination with e.g. a carbodiimide such as e.g. diisopropylcarbodiimide or 1 -(3- dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride in the presence or absence of a suitable base such as e.g. triethylamine or ethyldiisopropylamine, or with an active ester of a suitable acid such as e.g. 2,5-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ester, to give an amide.
- a coupling reagent such as e.g. 1 - hydroxybenzotriazole, 3,4-dihydro-3-hydroxybenzotriazin-4-one
- the protecting group of the hydroxylamine may be removed by a method described in the literature, e.g. in T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2 nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York
- G 3 is a bond or a linker may be prepared from a suitable ester, in which R ⁇ v is Ci ioalkyl in a suitable solvent such as ethanol by addition of hydrazine hydrate.
- a solution of GH-XX-AIa, (final concentration 0.01 -1 OmM) and the nucleophile in question (final concentration 10mM-2M) is dissolved or suspended in water containing low concentrations of EDTA.
- Organic solvents may be added to improve the solubility of the reactants.
- the mix- ture may be buffered to a suitable pH-value such as e.g. between pH 1 and pH 14, between e.g. between pH 3.5 and pH 9, between pH 6 and pH 8.5, with a suitable buffer such as e.g. phosphate buffer or HEPES, or the pH can be maintained by addition of base or acid.
- Car- boxypeptidase Y is added to the said mixture of peptide and nucleophile.
- the reaction may be stopped after a suitable time e.g. between 5 min and 10 days, by changing temperature or pH-value, by adding organic solvents, by addition of an inhibitor of CPY, such as e.g. phenylmethane sulfonyl fluoride, or by dialysis or gel filtration.
- an inhibitor of CPY such as e.g. phenylmethane sulfonyl fluoride, or by dialysis or gel filtration.
- An oxime moiety may be formed by dissolving the transacylated peptide in question, in which R v may be a substituted or undsubstituted aromatic ring, a substituted or an unsub- stituted heteroaromatic ring, hydrogen, or Ci-i O alkyl, in water.
- Organic solvents may be added to increase solubility.
- the solution is buffered to a suitable pH-value such as e.g. between pH O and pH 14, between pH 3 and pH 6, or pH 5 and kept at a suitable temperature such as e.g. 0-60 0 C.
- the hydroxylamine in question is added, and oxime moiety is fomed according to the reaction scheme below
- An hydrazone moiety is formed by dissolving the transacylated peptide in question, in which R v ⁇ may be a substituted or undsubstituted aromatic ring, a substituted or an unsubstituted heteroaromatic ring, hydrogen, or Ci_i O alkyl, in water.
- the solution is buffered to a suitable pH-value such as e.g. between pH 2 and pH 14 or between pH 0 and pH 4 and kept at a suitable temperature such as e.g. 0-60 0 C.
- the hydrazide in question is added, whereby the hydrazone is formed
- An isoxazole can be formed by reaction between a nitril-oxide and an alkyne.
- the nitril-oxide is formed by addition of a suitable oxidation-reagent such as e.g. bleach to an excess of a suitable oxime.
- a suitable oxidation-reagent such as e.g. bleach
- a solution of an excess of the freshly formed nitrile-oxide may be added to the peptide in question.
- Triazole formation A triazole can be formed by reaction between an azide which is attached to PEG and an alkyne, which is attached to the growth hormone in question, in the presence of Cu(l)-ions in a suitable solvent such as water or a mixture of water and an organic solvent such as e.g. acetonitrile.
- a suitable solvent such as water or a mixture of water and an organic solvent such as e.g. acetonitrile.
- the triazole may be formed in two possible regioisomers.
- a triazole can be formed by reaction between an alkyne which is attached to PEG and an azide, which is attached to the growth hormone in question, in the presence of Cu(l)-ions in a suitable solvent such as water or a mixture of water and an organic solvent such as e.g. acetonitrile.
- a suitable solvent such as water or a mixture of water and an organic solvent such as e.g. acetonitrile.
- the triazole may be formed in two possible regioisomers.
- An amide can be regioselectively formed by reaction of an azide, which is covalently attached to growth hormone with an ester, containing a triphenylphosphine-moiety as it is described in e.g. Tetrahedron Lett. 2003, 44, 4515-4518.
- An amide can be regioselectively formed by reaction of an azide, which is covalently attached to growth hormone with a thioester, containing a diphenylphosphine-moiety as it is described in e.g. J. Org. Chem. 2002, 67, 4993-4996.
- An arylalkyne can be formed by reaction between an alkyne, which is covalently attached to a growth hormone and a haloaryl compound in the presence of a palladium catalyst, which is water-soluable, as described in e. g. Bioconjugate Chemistry, 2004, 15, 231 -234.
- the haloaryl compound may be exchanged with the corresponding aryl trifluorosulfonate.
- An arylalkyne might be formed by reaction between a haloaryl-moiety, which is covalently attached to a growth hormone and an alkyne in the presence of a palladium catalyst, which is water-soluable, as described in e. g. Bioconjugate Chemistry, 2004, 15, 231 -234.
- a palladium catalyst which is water-soluable, as described in e. g. Bioconjugate Chemistry, 2004, 15, 231 -234.
- a trifluorosulfonyloxyaryl-moiety which is attached to a peptide may be used as well.
- R' and R" are as defined above may be prepared from a suitable amino acid, which is protected at the alpha-amino group, with an acid-labile protecting group PG 1 such as e.g. BOC or trityl, and which is protected at the omega-amino group with a base-labile protecting group PG 2 such as e.g. Fmoc.
- the acid may be attached to a Rink-amide resin using standard coupling conditions known to a person skilled in the art, such as e. g. use of a carbodiimide e.g. diisopropylcarbodiimide in the presence or absence of a reagent such as e.g.
- 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole 1 -hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole or 3,4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-4-oxo- 1 ,2,3-benzotriazin and in the presence or absence of a base such as e.g. triethylamine or ethyldiisopropylamine.
- the protecting group at the omega-amine PG 2 may be removed under basic conditions described for the particular protecting group in the literature such as e. g. T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2 nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York.
- An acid can be attached to the omega amino moiety using standard coupling conditions, such as e. g. use of a carbodiimide e.g. diisopropylcarbodiimide in the presence or absence of a reagent such as e.g. 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole, 1 -hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole or 3,4- dihydro-3-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,2,3-benzotriazin and in the presence or absence of a base such as e.g. triethylamine or ethyldiisopropylamine.
- the intermediate may be cleaved from the solid support under acidic conditions such as e.g. trifluoroacetic acid or a 20-70% solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane to give the desired aminamide.
- R' and R" are defined as above, may be prepared from a suitable amino acid, which is protected with an acid labile protecting group PG 1 , such as e. g. Boc or trityl, which is reacted with an excess of ammonia in the presence of a coupling reagent, such as e.g. a carbodiimide e.g. diisopropylcarbodiimide in the presence or absence of a reagent such as e.g. 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole, 1 -hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole or 3,4-dihydro-3- hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,2,3-benzotriazin.
- a coupling reagent such as e.g. a carbodiimide e.g. diisopropylcarbodiimide in the presence or absence of a reagent such as e.g. 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole, 1 -hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole
- the phenolic hydroxyl group may be alkylated with a suitable halogenide or sulfonate, in which R a is any suitable substituted alkyl or aryl radical, in the presence of a suitable base such as e.g. potassium carbonate or tetramethylguanidine.
- the protecting group PG 1 may be removed from the alpha amino acid under acidic conditions and described in the literature for the particular protecting group chosen e. g. in T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2 nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York, to give the desired amino amide.
- E may be prepared from a suitable acid, which may be activated by reaction with a suitable reagent or a combination of reagents, such as e.g. 2-succinimido-1 ,1 ,3,3,-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TSTU) in a suitable solvent such as e.g. ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide.
- a suitable reagent such as 2-succinimido-1 ,1 ,3,3,-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TSTU) in a suitable solvent such as e.g. ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide.
- the activated acid e.g. the obtained 2,5-dioxopyrrodin-1 yl ester of said acid may be reacted with commercially available PEG-reagents, which are functionalized with a primary amine, op- tionally in the presence of a suitable base such as e.g.
- a base such as e.g. an amine-base, such as e.g. triethylamine or ethyldiisopropylamine.
- a base such as e.g. an amine-base, such as e.g. triethylamine or ethyldiisopropylamine.
- Step 1 2-(4-(tert-Butoxycarbonylaminoxy)butyl)isoindole-1 ,3-dione
- Trifluoroacetic acid (20 ml) was added to a solution of ⁇ /-(4-(4-
- Step 1
- Trifluoroacetic acid (10 ml) was added to a solution of [(S)-I -crbamoyl-2-(4-(prop-2- ynyloxy)phenyl)ethyl]carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (998 mg, 3.13 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 .5 h at room temperature. The solvent was removed. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (30 ml). The solvent was removed. The latter procedure was repeated twice to give 1.53 g of the trifluoroacetate salt of (2S)-2- amino-3-(4-(prop-2-ynyloxy)phenyl)propionamide.
- Step 4 1 1 -Azidoundecanoic acid 2,5-dioxopyrroldin-1 -yl ester
- Step 6 (S)-3-(4-(propargyloxy)phenyl)-2-((S)-2-hGHylleucinylamino)propionamide
- a aqueous solution of CPY 200 U/ml, 1 U, 0.005 ml was added to a solution of hGH-Leu-Ala (1 mg, 45 nmol) and the trifluoroacetate salt of (2S)-2- Amino-3-(4-(prop-2-ynyloxy)phenyl)propionamide (5.2 mg, 0.157 mmol) in a buffer (0.090 ml) consisting of 0.25 M HEPES and 5 mM EDTA, which was adjusted with an aqueous 1 N sodium hydroxide solution to pH 8.02. After 4.5 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (0.800 ml). A freshly prepared solution of phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride (0.32 mg, 1808 nmol) in isopropanol (0.900 ml) was added.
- Step 7 A solution of L-(+)-ascorbic acid (2 mg, 0.008 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (0.003 ml) in water (0.125 ml) was added to a solution of copper sulphate pentahydrate (0.55 mg) in water (0.125 ml). The solution was kept at room temperature for 5 min.
- the reaction was monitored by capillary electrophoresis.
- CE analysis method The capillary electrophoresis was performed using a Hewlett Packard 3D CE system equipped with a diode array detector.
- the fused silica capillary (Agilent) used had a total length of 64.5, an effective length of 56cm and an ID of 50 ⁇ m.
- Samples were injected by pressure at 50mbar for 4s. Separations were carried out at 3O 0 C, under a tension of +25kV, using phosphate buffer 5OmM pH7 as electrolyte. The analysis was monitored at 200nm.
- the reaction mixture was put at 3O 0 C under nitrogen for 24h.
- the analysis was performed using an Agilent 1 100 HPLC system equipped with a diode array detector.
- the column used was a reverse phase Vydac C18 (218TP53) 250x4.6.
- the elution was performed with the following eluents: A: H2O/TFA 0.1% and B: ACN/TFA 0.1%, with a gradient from 10 to 91% B over 27min, with a flow of 1 ml/min.
- the analysis was performed at 4O 0 C, and the detection was done at 214, 254, and 280nm.
- Rink-amide-resin (loading: 0.43 mmol/g, 6.66 g, 2.86 mmol) was swelled with dichloromethane (50 ml). The solvent was removed. A 20% solution of piperidine in N- methylpyrrolidinone was added (50 ml). The reactor was shaken for 20 min. The liquid was removed. The resin was washed with ⁇ /-methylpyrrolidinone (3 x 50 ml) and dichloromethane (5 x 50 ml).
- the resin was washed with N- methylpyrrolidinone (3 x 50 ml) and dichloromethane (3 x 50 ml).
- Zbasic2mt-D4K-hGH has been utilized.
- pNNC13 as template and a PCR primer set flanking the Sac Il and Bam HI restriction sites, a 628 bp amplicon has been generated encoding two additional amino acids (Leucine and Alanine) in the C-terminal end of hGH.
- This PCR amplicon was then cloned back into pNNC13 using the existing Sac Il and BamHI sited to generate pNNC13.4 encoding Zbasic2mt-D4K-hGH-Leu-Ala. The integrity of the resulting clones was confirmed by DNA sequencing of the coding region. See Figure 1 .
- Escherichia coli BL21 (DE3) was transformed with pET11 a-Zbasic2mt-D4K-hGH- Leu-Ala. Single colony was inoculated into 100 ml LB media with 100 ⁇ g/ml Amp and grown at 37 0 C until OD600 reaches 0.6. The cell culture temperature was reduced to 2O 0 C and the cells were induced with 1 mM IPTG for 6 hours at 2O 0 C. The cells were harvested by cen- trifugation at 300Og for 15 minutes.
- the cell pellet was re-suspended in cell lysis buffer (25 mM Na 2 HPO 4 25 mM NaH 2 PO 4 pH 7, 5 mM EDTA, 0.1 % Triton X-100), and the cells were disrupted by cell disruption at 30 kpsi (Constant Cell Disruption Systems).
- the lysate was clarified by centrifugation at 10,000g for 35 minutes and the supernatant was used for purification.
- Zbasic2mt-D4K-hGH-Leu-Ala was purified on SP Sepharose FF using a step gradient elution (buffer A: 25 mM Na 2 HPO 4 25 mM NaH 2 PO 4 pH 7; buffer B: 25 mM Na 2 HPO 4 25 mM NaH 2 PO 4 pH 7, 1 M NaCI).
- buffer A 25 mM Na 2 HPO 4 25 mM NaH 2 PO 4 pH 7
- buffer B 25 mM Na 2 HPO 4 25 mM NaH 2 PO 4 pH 7, 1 M NaCI
- hGH-Leu-Ala was further purified on a Butyl Sepharose 4FF column to separate the product from the Zbasic2mt-D4K domain and Enteropeptidase (buffer A: 100 mM Hepes pH 7.5, 2M NaCI; buffer B: 100 mM Hepes pH 7.5, a linear gradient was used).
- Zbasic2mt-D4K-hGH-Leu-Ala has to be separated from hGH-Leu-Ala and this is done by loading the protein onto the SP Sepharose FF column again. Buffer exchange into 25 mM Na 2 HPO 4 25 mM NaH 2 PO 4 pH 7 is performed on a Sephadex G-25 Medium column before purification on the SP Sepharose FF column. Zbasic2mt-D4K-hGH-l_eu-Ala binds to SP Sepharose FF whereas hGH-Leu-Ala is found in the flow through.
- the final product of hGH-Leu-Ala is buffer exchanged and lyophilized from 50 mM NH 4 HCO 3 , pH 7.8.
- Step 1
- Step 1
- Rink Amide-resin (Novabiochem 01 -64-0013, loading 0.70 mmol/g, 0.652 g, 2.7 mmol) was swelled in dichloromethane (50 ml). The solvent was removed. A 20% solution of piperidine in ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide (50 ml) was added. The mixture was shaken for 20 min at room temperature. The solvent was removed. The resin was washed with N- methylpyrrolidinone (3x 50 ml) and dichloromethane (5 x 50 ml).
- the resin was washed with N- methylpyrrolidinone (3x 50 ml) and dichloromethane (5 x 50 ml). A 20% solution of piperidine in ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide (50 ml) was added. The mixture was shaken for 20 min at room temperature. The solvent was removed. The resin was washed with ⁇ /-methylpyrrolidinone (3x 50 ml) and dichloromethane (5 x 50 ml).
- the liquid was re- moved.
- the resin was washed with ⁇ /-methylpyrrolidinone (3x 50 ml) and dichloromethane (5 x 50 ml).
- a 50% solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (20 ml) was added to the resin.
- Triisopropylsilane (5 ml) was added.
- the reaction mixture was shaken for 1 h at room temperature.
- the liquid was collected.
- the resin was washed with dichloromethane (30 ml). These two latter liquids were combined. The solvent was removed in vacuo.
- Step 1
- Step 4 A solution of crude 2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-1 yl 3-(((tert- butoxycarbonyl)aminoxy)methyl)benzoate (11 .45 g, 31 .41 mmol) in ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide (100 ml) was added to a solution of ((S)-5-amino-1 -(carbamoyl)pentyl)carbamic acid tert- butyl ester (7.71 g, 31 .41 mmol) in ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide (50 ml). Ethyldiisopropylamine (16.13 ml, 94.23 mmol) was added.
- the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h.
- the solvent was removed in vacuo at 7O 0 C.
- the residue was dissolved in dichloro- methane (50 ml).
- Trifluoroacetic acid 50 ml was added.
- the mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature.
- the solvent was removed in vacuo.
- the residue was dissolved in di- chloromethane (100 ml).
- a 10% aqueous solution of sodium hydrogensulphate (50 ml) water (200 ml) were added successively.
- the aqueous phase was concentrated in vacuo to approximately 60 ml. This solution was divided into four parts.
- Example 9 (S)-2-(hGH-Leu-amino)-3-(4-((1-(10-(4-(2-((20 kDa mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)-1- (((20 kDa mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)methyl)ethoxy)butanoylamino)decyl)1 ,2,3-triazol-4- yl)methoxy)phenyl)propionamide
- Step 1
- the crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (100 g), using a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane (1 :2) as eluent to give 3.25 g of 10-azidodecanol.
- toluenesulfonic chloride (3.27 g, 17.1 mmol) was added to a solution of 10- azidodecanol (3.25 g, 16.3 mmol) and triethylamine (6.83 ml, 49.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (70 ml).
- the reaction mixture was stirred for 4 days, while the temperature rose slowly to room temperature. It was diluted with ethyl acetate (300 ml) and washed with a 10% aqueous solution of sodium hydrogensulphate. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 ml).
- 2,5-Dioxopyrrolidin-1 -yl 4-(2-((20 kDa mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)-1 -(((20k Da mPE- Gyl)carbamoyloxy)methyl)ethoxy)butanoic ester (Nektar 2Z3Y0T01 , batch PT-09E-02, 1g, 0.025 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (50 ml). A solution of 10-azidodecylamine (50 mg, 0.25 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 ml) and triethylamine (0.02 m. 0.12 mmol) were added successively.
- the formed precipitation was isolated by filtration and dried in vacuo to give ⁇ /-(10- azidodecyl)-4-(2-((20 kDa mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)-1 -(((20k Da mPE- Gyl)carbamoyloxy)methyl)ethoxy)butanoic amide.
- Step 6 (S)-3-(4-(propargyloxy)phenyl)-2-((S)-2-hGHylleucinylamino)propionamide
- a aqueous solution of CPY 200 U/ml, 1 U, 0.005 ml was added to a solution of hGH-Leu-Ala (15 mg, 672 nmol) and the trifluoroacetate salt of (2S)-2- Amino-3-(4-(prop-2-ynyloxy)phenyl)propionamide (78 mg, 0.23 mmol) in a buffer (1 .35 ml) consisting of 0.25 M HEPES and 5 mM EDTA, which was adjusted with an aqueous 1 N sodium hydroxide solution to pH 7.97.
- This material was purified by ion-exchange chromatography on a MonoQ column 10/100 GL (Amersham), using a gradient of 0-100% over 60 column volumes of a buffer consisting of 2.0 M sodium chloride and 50 mM TRIS, which was adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid in a buffer of 50 mM TRIS-buffer, which was adjusted with 1 N hydrochloric acid to pH 8.5, at a flowrate of 0.5 ml/min to give (S)-3-(4-(propargyloxy)phenyl)-2-((S)-2- hGHylleucinylamino)propionamide.
- MALDI-MS CHCA: 1 1230 (M 2+ ).
- the material was lyophi- lized.
- the protein isolated in step 6 (2.77 mg, 123 nmol) was partly dissolved in a buffer, consisting of 2% 2,6-lutidine in water (0.123 ml).
- a solution of ⁇ /-(10-azidodecyl)-4-(2-((20 kDa mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)-1 -(((20k Da mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)methyl)ethoxy)butanoic amide 49 mg, 1230 nmol was dissolved in a buffer, consisting of 2% 2,6-lutidine in water (0.320 ml) was added to the solution of the protein.
- the SDS-gel showed a band at a molecular weight of approximately 1 16 kDa compared to a Marker 12 (Invitrogen), which stained both with the silver Quest staining procedure (Invitrogen) and a PEG-sensitive staining method (Kurf ⁇ rst, M. M.
- Example 10 (S)-2-((hGHylleucinyl)amino)-6-(3-((4-((4-(bis(20 kDa mPEGylcarbamoy- loxymethyl)methoxy)butyrylamino)methyl)triazol-1-yl)methyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide
- Step 1
- Step 2 (S)-2-((hGHylleucinyl)amino)-6-(3-(azidomethyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide
- reaction mixture was gently shaken at 3O 0 C for 21 h.
- a freshly prepared 100 mM solution of phenylmethane- sulfonyl fluoride (0.0135 ml) in isopropanol was added.
- the reaction mixture was kept for 1 day at room temperature. It was chromatographed on a HiPrep 26/10 desalting column, us- ing a 50 mM ammonium bicarbonate buffer in water as eluent.
- a freshly prepared 100 mM solution of phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride (0.0045 ml per 0.5 ml fraction-volume) in isopropanol was added to the fractions immediately, containing the protein.
- Step 3 A solution of copper(ll) sulfate pentahydrdate (41 mg, 0.16 mmol) in water (9.17 ml) was prepared. A solution of ascorbic acid (145 mg, 0.82 mmol) in water (8.94 ml) and 2,6- lutidine (0.229 ml) was prepared. Of both of the latter solution 3.51 ml were taken and were mixed. They were left at room temperature for 5 min to form a copper(l)-salt solution, which was used directly after the 5 min had passed. A solution of (S)-2-((hGHylleucinyl)amino)-6-(3-
- TRIS which had been adjusted with 1 N hydrochloric acid to pH 8.0. It was subjected to a gel chromatography, using a HiLoad 26/60 Superdex 200 column in a 10 mM Tris buffer, which had been adjusted to pH 8 with 1 N hydrochloric acid. The fractions containing the desired protein were combined and concentrated by ultracentrifugation using an Amicon Ultra-15 vial with a cut off of 10 kDa. It was diluted with a 50 mM Tris-buffer (20 ml) , which had been adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid.
- Step 1
- 2,5-Dioxoprrolidin-1 -yl 4-(30 kDa mPEGyl)butanoic ester (purchased at Nektar, 2.5 g, 0.083 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (25 ml). Ethyldiisopropylamine (0.071 ml, 0.413 mmol) and propargylamine (0.023 ml, 0.33 mmol) were added successively. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature over night. Diethyl ether was added until a precipitation was formed. The mixture was cooled to O 0 C and the precipitation was isolated by filtration through a glass-filter P1 .
- the isolated material was dissolved in a 10% solution of ethanol in dichloromethane (15 ml). Amberlyst 15 (2.0 g), which had been washed with a 10% solution of ethanol (20 ml) prior its use, was added. The mixture was stirred slowly for 30 min. The Amberlyst-material was removed by filtration and was washed with dichloromethane (20 ml). The solution was concentrated in vacuo. Ether was added, until a precipita- tion occurred. The mixture was cooled to O 0 C. The precipitation was isolated by filtration through a glass-filter P1 and dried in vacuo to give 2.04 g of 4-(30 kDa mPEGyl)-N-(prop-2- ynyl)butanoic amide.
- a copper(l)-salt solution was prepared by addition of a solution of copper(ll) sulphate pentahy- drate (24.3 mg, 0.097 mmol) in water (5.44 ml) to a solution of ascorbic acid (85.0 mg, 0.488 mmol) in a mixture of water (5.30 ml) and 2,6-lutidine (0.135 ml). This copper(l)-salt solution was left for 5 min at room temperature. A part of this copper(l)-salt solution (0.544 ml) was added to the solution containing the protein. The reaction mixture was gently shaken for 22 h. The solution was filtered.
- the filter was washed with a buffer consisting of 25 mM Tris in water, which was adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid.
- the solution was run on a column, using a HiPrep26/10 desalting column with a flow of 20 ml/min and a buffer consisting of 25 mM Tris in water, which was adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid.
- the fractions, containing protein, were collected and combined.
- the protein was purified on by ion-exchange chromatography using a MonoQ 10/100 GL column, a buffer consisting of 25 mM Tris in water, which was adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid as buffer A and a buffer consisting of 0.2 M sodium chloride and 25 mM Tris in water, which was adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid as buffer B, applying a gradient of 0-100 % buffer B over 100 column volumes with a flow of 0.50 ml/min.
- the fractions containing the desired protein were collected, combined and concentrated via ultracentrifugation using Amicon Ultra cen- trifugation vials with a cut-off of 10 kDa.
- Example 12 (S)-6-(3-((4-((4-((4-( ⁇ /-(3-(omega-(2,3-bis(20 kDa mPEgyloxy)propoxy)2-5 kDa PEGyloxy)propyl)carbamoyl)butyrylamino)methyl)triazol-1-yl)methyl)benzoylamino)2- ((hGHyl)leucinylamino)hexanoic amide
- Step 1
- Amberlyst 15 ion-exchange material (1.0 g) was suspended in a mixture of di- chloromethane (10 ml) and ethanol (1 ml). The mixture was stirred gently for 30 min. The amberlyst was isolated by filtration.
- the precipitation of the PEG-reagent was dissolved in a mixture of dichloromethane (10 ml) and ethanol (1 ml). The amberlyst material was added. The mixture was stirred gently for 30 min at room temperature. The amberlyst was removed by filtration and washing with dichloromethane. The combined solutions were concentrated in vacuo to approx. 2 ml. Diethylether was added, until a precipitation was obtained. The mixture was kept at O 0 C for 1 h.
- a copper(l) salt solution was prepared by mixing of a solution of copper(ll) sulphate pentahydrate (18.23 mg, 0.073 mmol) in water (4.08 ml) with a solution of ascorbic acid (64.52 mg, 0.366 mmol) in a mixture of water (3.98 ml) and 2,6-lutidine (0.10 ml). This solution was shaken for 5 min at room tem- perature. 0.41 ml of this copper(l) solution was taken and added to the solution containing the protein and the PEG-reagent. The reaction mixture was shaken gently for 16 h at room temperature. It was filtered through a 450 nm filter.
- a gel-chromatography was performed, using a HiPrep 26/10 desalting column (Amersham) and a buffer of 25 mM TRIS, which had been adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid, at a flow of 10 ml/min.
- the fractions containing the desired compound were diluted with a buffer 25 mM TRIS, which had been adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid (45 ml).
- Example 13 (S)-2-((/V 1alpha -(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(4-(bis((20 kDa mPEGylaminocarbony- loxy)methyl)methoxy)butyrylamino)ethoxy)- ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)butyl)hGHyl)leucylamino)-6-(3-((4-((4-(30 kDa mPegy- loxy)butyrylamino)methyl)-1 ,2,3-triazol-1 -yl)methyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide
- Step 1
- This solution was subjected to a ion-exchange chromatography on a MonoQI 0/100 GL column. While the sample was put onto the column the flow was 0.5 ml/min.
- a gradient was used of 0-75% of a 25 mM TRIS/0.2 M sodium chloride buffer in a 25 mM TRIS-buffer, which both had been adjusted to pH 8.5 over 30 column volumes followed by 75-100 % of a 25 mM TRIS/0.2 M sodium chloride buffer in a 25 mM TRIS-buffer, which both had been adjusted to pH 8.5 with a flow of 4.0 ml/ min.
- the fraction containing the desired compound were identified by SDS-gel electrophoresis. They were pooled.
- the buffer was changed to a 50 mM ammonium hydrogencarbonate buffer by subjecting it to a chromatography on a HiPerpe26/10 desalting column.
- the material was Iy- ophilized to give 3.8 mg of (S)-6-(3-(azidomethyl)benzoylamino)-2-(( ⁇ / 1alpha -(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(4- (bis((20 kDa mPEGylaminocarbonyloxy)methyl)methoxy)butyrylamino)ethoxy)- ethoxy)ethoxy)butyl)hGHyl)leucylamino)hexanoic amide.
- the reaction mixture was shaken gently at room temperature for 22 h.
- the buffer was changed to a 50 mM ammonium hydrogencarbonate buffer by subjecting it to a chromatography on a HiPrep26/10 desalting column.
- the buffer was changed again to a 25 mM Tris-buffer, which had been adjusted to pH 8.5, by subjecting it to a chromatography on a HiPrep26/10 desalting column.
- This solution was subjected to a ion-exchange chromatography on a MonoQI 0/100 GL column. While the sample was put onto the column the flow was 0.5 ml/min.
- a gradient was used of 0-75% of a 25 mM TRIS/0.2 M sodium chloride buffer in a 25 mM TRIS-buffer, which both had been adjusted to pH 8.5 over 30 column volumes followed by 75-100 % of a 25 mM TRIS/0.2 M sodium chloride buffer in a 25 mM TRIS-buffer, which both had been adjusted to pH 8.5 with a flow of 4.0 ml/ min.
- the fractions containing the desired compound were identified by SDS-gel electrophoresis. They were pooled.
- the buffer was changed to a 50 mM ammonium hydrogencarbonate buffer by by subjecting it to a chromatography on a HiPrep26/10 desalting column.
- Example 14 (S)-2- ⁇ (hGHylleucinyl)amino ⁇ -6- ⁇ 4-(1-(4-(4-(2-(N-(20 kDa mPE- Gyl)carbamoyloxy)-1-((N-(20 kDa mPE-)
- Gyl carbamoyloxy)methyl)ethoxy)butyrylamino)butoxyimino)ethyl)benzoylamino ⁇ hexa noic amide
- Step 1 as in Example 3.
- Step 2 Oximation with N-(4-(aminoxy)butyl)4-(2-((20 kDa mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)-1 -(((20 kDa mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)methyl)ethoxy)butanoic amide
- the pooled fractions (3mg/ml, 6ml) from the first step were put on ice bath. Ice cold DMF was added (1 .32ml, 15% final concentration).
- the PEG reagent was added (281 mg, about 10 equivalents in solution in 3-Methylthio-1 propanol 0.14M (1 ml)). The volume was adjusted to 8.8ml by addition of MES buffer 5OmM pH6. The final pH of the reaction mixture was 6.
- the reaction mixture was incubated at 3O 0 C under nitrogen for 10 days.
- Step 1 as in example 3.
- Step 2 Oximation with 1 ,3-diaminoxy propane:
- the capillary electrophoresis was performed using a Hewlett Packard 3D CE system equipped with a diode array detector.
- the fused silica capillary (Agilent) used had a total length of 64.5, an effective length of 56cm and an ID of 50 ⁇ m. Samples were injected by pressure at 50mbar for 4s. Separa- tions were carried out at 3O 0 C, under a voltage of +25kV, using phosphate buffer 5OmM pH2.5 as electrolyte. The analysis was monitored at 200nm. Between runs, a basic wash were performed: the capillary was rinsed with water for 2min, then with sodium hydroxyde 0.1 M for 3min, and water for 2min, before equilibrating the capillary with the electrolyte.
- the reaction ran to completion after 1 h.
- the identity of the product was confirmed by MALDI-TOF analysis.
- step 2 To the protein solution obtained in step 2 (28mg, 7mg/ml) was added mPEG2- ButyrALD-40K (Nektar #083Y0T01 )(164mg, 4.1 ⁇ moles, 3 equivalents) in solution in 0.14M 3-methylthio-1 propanol (0.4ml)
- the reaction mixture was incubated at 3O 0 C for 48h.
- the product was purified on ion exchange (Amersham MonoQ 10/100 GL, A buffer:
- the pooled fractions were lyophilized after buffer shift to ammonium bicarbonate.
- Example 16 (S)-6-(4-(1-(3-((3-(omega-(2,3-bis(20 kDa mPEGyloxy)propyl)2-5 kDa PE- Gyloxy) propylidene) aminoxy) propoxyimino) ethyl) benzoylamino)-2- (((hGHyl)leucinyl)amino)hexanoic amide
- Step 1 as in Example 3.
- Step 2 Oximation with 1 ,3-diaminoxy propane: as in example 15 except that the reaction was run at pH6.5. The reaction mixture was incubated 18h at 3O 0 C.
- Step 3 Oximation with "Sunbright GL3-400AL2":
- reaction mixture was incubated at 3O 0 C and the reaction followed by analysis on Agilent 2100 Bioanalyzer.
- the product was purified on ion exchange (Amersham MonoQ 10/100 GL, A buffer: Tris 5OmM pH8.5, buffer B: A+0.2M NaCI, 0 to 50% B over 20 column volume, 50 to 100% over 3 column volumes, 4ml/min).
- the pooled fractions were lyophilized after buffer shift to ammonium bicarbonate. Yield: 9 mg of product was isolated (10% from the starting hGH-Leu-Ala protein)
- Example 17 (S)-6-(3-(((3-(omega-(2,3-bis-(20 kDa m-PEGyloxy)propyl)2-5 kDa PEGyloxy)propylidine)aminoxy)methyl)benzoylamino)-2- ((hGHyl)leucinylamino)hexanoic amide
- Stepi CPY-catalyzed transpeptidation of hGH-Leu-Ala with N-((S)-5-Amino-5-
- reaction was followed by MALDI analysis. After 3h reaction time, only traces of the starting material could be detected.
- step 1 The protein solution obtained in step 1 (1.5ml, about 10mg/ml)) was added to the solution of "Sunbright GL3-400AL2" (NOF product) (71 mg, 1 . ⁇ moles, about 3 equivalents) in 0.14M 3-methylthio-1 propanol (0.5ml).
- the reaction mixture was incubated at 3O 0 C.
- the product was purified on ion exchange (Amersham MonoQ 10/100 GL, A buffer: Tris 5OmM pH8.5, buffer B: A+0.2M NaCI, 0 to 50% B over 20 column volume, 50 to 100% over 3 column volumes, 4ml/min).
- Step 1
- Step 2 (S)-6-(3-(Aminomethyl)benzoylamino)2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)hexanoic amide
- the BAF-3 cells (a murine pro-B lymphoid cell line derived from the bone marrow) was originally IL-3 dependent for growth and survival. II-3 activates JAK-2 and STAT which are the same mediators GH is activating upon stimulation. After transfection of the human growth hormone receptor the cell line was turn into a growth hormone-dependent cell line. This clone can be used to evaluate the effect of different growth hormone samples on the survival of the BAF-3GHR.
- the BAF-3GHR cells are grown in starvation medium (culture medium without growth hormoen) for 24 hours at 37 0 C, 5 % CO 2 .
- the cells are washed and re-suspended in starvation medium and seeded in plates. 10 ⁇ l of growth hormone compound or human growth hormone in different concentrations or control is added to the cells, and the plates are incubated for 68 hours at 37 0 C, 5 % CO 2 .
- AlamarBlue® is added to each well and the cells are then incubated for another 4 hours.
- the AlamarBlue® is a redox indicator, and is reduced by reactions innate to cellular metabolism and, therefore, provides an indirect measure of viable cell number.
- the metabolic activity of the cells is measure in a fluorescence plate reader.
- the absorbance in the samples is expressed in % of cells not stimulated with growth hormone compound or control and from the concentration-response curves the activity (amount of a compound that stimulates the cells with 50%) can be calculated.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Reproductive Health (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
- AIDS & HIV (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
Abstract
Conjugated growth hormones of the structure (I) are provided together with methods for manufacturing said conjugates. The conjugates are useful in therapy.
Description
C-TERMINALLY PEGYLATED GROWTH HORMONES
FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates to growth hormone compounds that have been
PEGylated at the C-terminal, and to methods of preparing and using such compounds. These compounds are useful in therapy.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
It is well-known to modify the properties and characteristics of peptides by conjugat- ing groups to the peptide which duly changes the properties of the peptide. Such conjugation generally requires some functional group in the peptide to react with another functional group in a conjugating group. Typically, amino groups, such as the N-terminal amino group or the ε- amino group in lysines, have been used in combination with a suitable acylating reagent. Alternatively, polyethylene glycol (PEG) or derivatives thereof may be attached to proteins. For a review, see Exp.Opion.Ther.Patenl, 14, 859-894, 2004. It has been shown that the attachment of PEG to growth hormone may have a positive effect on the plasma half-life of growth hormone, WO 03/044056.
The use of carboxypeptidases to modify the C-terminal of peptides has been described earlier. WO 92/05271 discloses the use of carboxypeptidases and nucleophilic com- pounds to amidate the C-terminal carboxy group, and WO 98/38285 discloses variants of carboxypeptidase Y particular suitable for this purpose.
EP 243 929 discloses the use of carboxypeptidase to incorporate polypeptides, reporter groups or cytotoxic agents into the C-terminal of proteins or polypeptides.
WO 2005/035553 describes methods for selective conjugation of peptides by enzy- matically incorporating a functional group at the C-terminal of a peptide.
Growth hormone is a key hormone involved in the regulation of not only somatic growth, but also in the regulation of metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates and lipids. The major effect of growth hormone is to promote growth. Human growth hormone is a 191 amino acid residue protein with the sequence FPTIPLSRLFDNAMLRAHRLHQLAFDTYQEFEEAYIPKEQKYSFLQNPQTSLCFSESIPTPSN REETQQKSNLELLRISLLLIQSWLEPVQFLRSVFANSLVYGASDSNVYDLLKDLEEGIQTLMG RLEDGSPRTGQIFKQTYSKFDTNSHNDDALLKNYGLLYCFRKDMDKVETFLRIVQCRSVEG SCGF (SEQ ID NO:1 ).
Administration of human growth hormone and closely related variants thereof is used to treat a variety of growth hormone deficiency related diseases. Being a peptide, growth hormone is administered parenterally, i.e., by means of a needle. Growth hormone is, furthermore, characterised by a relative short half-life, hence frequent administrations are required with the corresponding pain and inconvenience for the patient. Hence, there is still a need for the provision of growth hormone compounds with improved pharmacological properties, such as e.g. prolonged half-life.
The present invention provides novel growth hormone conjugates with improved pharmacological properties as well as methods for their production.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present inventors have surprising found that growth hormone compounds (GH) which have a -XX-AIa sequence at their C-terminal may be PEGylated to obtain GH conjugates with improved pharmacological properties. Accordingly, in one embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound according to formula I
[I] wherein GH represent a growth hormone compound; G represents a bi-radical of any chemical moiety; PEG represents a polyethylene glycol radical; and XX represent an amino acid residue selected from histidine, asparatic acid, arginine, phenylalanine, alanine, glycine, glutamine, glutamic acid, lysine, leucine, methionine, asparagine, serine, tyrosine, threonine, isoleucine, tryptophane, proline, and valine; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof.
In one embodiment, the invention provides compounds according to formula I for use in therapy.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition compris- ing a compound of formula I.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a therapeutic method, the method comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I to a patient in need thereof.
In one embodiment, the invention provides the use of a compound of formula I in the manufacture of a medicament.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a method for the manufacture of a compound of formula I, the method comprising the steps of i) reacting in one or more steps a GH-XX-AIa with a first compound bearing one or more functional groups, which are not accessible in any of the amino acids constituting said GH-XX-AIa, in the presence of Carboxypeptidase Y (CPY) cable of catalysing the incorporation of said first compound into the C-terminal of said GH-XX-AIa to form a transacylated compound, and ii) reacting in one or more steps said transacylated compound with a second compound comprising a PEG moiety and one or more functional groups, wherein said functional group(s) do not react with functional groups accessible in the amino acid residues constituting said GH-XX-AIa, and wherein said functional group(s) in said second compound is capable of reacting with said functional group(s) in said first compound so that a covalent bond between said transacylated compound and said second compound is formed.
It is a further objective of the present invention to provide growth hormone compounds which have been extended at the C-terminal by a -XX-AIa sequence, i.e. compound of the formula GH-XX-AIa. It is a still further objective of the present invention to provide a method for improving the properties of a GH by conjugation said peptide according to the methods of the present invention.
DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Figure 1 : Vector map of pNNC13.4 encoding Zbasic2mt-D4K-hGH-l_eu-Ala. Sac Il and BamHI sites used for insertion of the PCR amplicon can be seen.
DEFINITIONS
In the present context, the term "transacylation" is intended to indicate a reaction in which a leaving group is exchanged for a nucleophile, wherein a nucleophile is understood to be an electron-rich reagent that tends to attack the nucleus of carbons. Transpeptidation is one example of a transacylation.
In the present context, the term "not accessible" is intended to indicate that something is absent or de facto absent in the sense that it cannot be reached. When it is stated that functional groups are not accessible in a peptide to be conjugated it is intended to indi-
cate that said functional group is absent from the peptide or, if present, in some way prevented from taking part in reactions. By way of example, said functional group could be buried deep in the structure of the peptide so that it is shielded from participating in the reaction. It is recognised that whether or not a functional group is accessible depends on the reaction conditions. It may be envisaged that, e.g. in the presence of denaturing agents or at elevated temperatures the peptide may unfold to expose otherwise not accessible functional groups. It is to be understood that "not accessible" means "not accessible at the reaction condition chosen for the particular reaction of interest".
In the present context, the term "oxime bond" is intended to indicate a moiety of the formula -C=N-O-.
In the present context, the term "hydrazone bond" is intended to indicate a moiety of the formula -C=N-N-.
In the present context, the term "phenylhydrazone bond" is intended to indicate a moiety of the formula
In the present context, the term "semicarbazone bond" is intended to indicate a moiety of the formula -C=N-N-C(O)-N-.
The term "alkane" is intended to indicate a saturated, linear, branched and/or cyclic hydrocarbon. Unless specified with another number of carbon atoms, the term is intended to indicate hydrocarbons with from 1 to 30 (both included) carbon atoms, such as 1 to 20 (both ncluded), such as from 1 to 10 (both included), e.g. from 1 to 5 (both included). The terms alkyl and alkylene refer to the corresponding radical and bi-radical, respectively.
The term "alkene" is intended to indicate linear, branched and/or cyclic hydrocarbons comprising at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Unless specified with another number of carbon atoms, the term is intended to indicate hydrocarbons with from 2 to 30 (both included) carbon atoms, such as 2 to 20 (both included), such as from 2 to 10 (both included), e.g. from 2 to 5 (both included). The terms alkenyl and alkenylene refer to the corresponding radical and bi-radical, respectively.
The term "alkyne" is intended to indicate linear, branched and/or cyclic hydrocar- bons comprising at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and it may optionally comprise one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Unless specified with another number of carbon atoms, the term is intended to indicate hydrocarbons with from 2 to 30 (both included) carbon atoms, such as from 2 to 20 (both included), such as from 2 to 10 (both included), e.g. from 2
to 5 (both included). The terms alkynyl and alkynylene refer to the corresponding radical and bi-radical, respectively.
The term "homocyclic aromatic compound" is intended to indicate aromatic hydrocarbons, such as benzene and naphthalene.
The term "heterocyclic compound" is intended to indicate a cyclic compound comprising 5, 6 or 7 ring atoms from which 1 , 2, 3 or 4 are hetero atoms selected from N, O and/or S. Examples include heterocyclic aromatic compounds, such as thiophene, furan, pyran, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, isothiazole, isooxazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, as well as their partly or fully hydrogenated equivalents, such as piperidine, pira- zolidine, pyrrolidine, pyroline, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperazine and morpholine.
The terms "hetero alkane", "hetero alkene" and "hetero alkyne" is intended to indicate alkanes, alkenes and alkynes as defined above, in which one or more hetero atom or group have been inserted into the structure of said moieties. Examples of hetero groups and atoms include -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -C(O)- -C(S)- and -N(R*)-, wherein R* represents hydrogen or Ci-C6-alkyl. Examples of heteroalkanes include.
The term "radical" or "biradical" is intended to indicate a compound from which one or two, respectively, hydrogen atoms have been removed. When specifically stated, a radical may also indicate the moiety formed by the formal removal of a larger group of atoms, e.g. hydroxyl, from a compound.
The term "halogen" is intended to indicate members of the seventh main group of the periodic table, e.g. F, Cl, Br and I.
The term "PEG" is intended to indicate polyethylene glycol of a molecular weight between approximately 100 and approximately 1 ,000,000 Da, including analogues thereof, wherein for instance the terminal OH-group has been replaced by an alkoxy group, such as e.g. a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a propoxy group. In particular, the PEG wherein the terminal -OH group has been replaced by methoxy is refered to as mPEG.
The term "mPEG" (or more properly "mPEGyl") means a polydisperse or monodis- perse radical of the structure
wherein m is an integer larger than 1 . Thus, a mPEG wherein m is 90 has a molecular weight of 3975 Da, i.e. approx 4kDa. Likewise, a mPEG with an average molecular weight of 20 kDa has an average m of 454. Due to the process for producing mPEG these molecules often have a distribution of molecular weights. This distribution is described by the polydispersity index. The term "polydispersity index" as used herein means the ratio between the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight, as known in the art of polymer chemistry (see e.g. "Polymer Synthesis and Characterization", J. A. Nairn, University of Utah, 2003). The polydispersity index is a number which is greater than or equal to one, and it may be estimated from Gel Permeation Chromatographic data. When the polydisper- sity index is 1 , the product is monodisperse and is thus made up of compounds with a single molecular weight. When the polydispersity index is greater than 1 it is a measure of the polydispersity of that polymer, i.e. how broad the distribution of polymers with different molecular weights is.
The use of for example "mPEG20000" in formulas, compound names or in molecu- lar structures indicates an mPEG residue wherein mPEG is polydisperse and has a molecular weight of approximately 20 kDa.
The polydispersity index typically increases with the molecular weight of the PEG or mPEG. When reference is made to 5 kDa PEG and in particular 5 kDa mPEG it is intended to indicate a compound (or in fact a mixture of compounds) with a polydisperisty index below 1 .06, such as below 1 .05, such as below 1 .04, such as below 1 .03, such as between 1.02 and 1.03. When reference is made to 10 kDa PEG and in particular 10 kDa mPEG it is intended to indicate a compound (or in fact a mixture of compounds) with a polydisperisty index below 1.06, such as below 1 .05, such as below 1 .04, such as below 1 .03, such as between 1.02 and 1.03. When reference is made to 15 kDa PEG and in particular 15 kDa mPEG it is intended to indicate a compound (or in fact a mixture of compounds) with a polydisperisty index below 1.06, such as below 1 .05, such as below 1 .04, such as below 1 .03, such as between 1 .02 and 1 .03. When reference is made to 20 kDa PEG and in particular 20 kDa mPEG it is intended to indicate a compound (or in fact a mixture of compounds) with a polydisperisty index below 1 .06, such as below 1 .05, such as below 1 .04,
such as below 1.03, such as between 1 .02 and 1 .03. When reference is made to 30 kDa PEG and in particular 30 kDa mPEG it is intended to indicate a compound (or in fact a mixture of compounds) with a polydisperisty index below 1 .06, such as below 1.05, such as below 1 .04, such as below 1.03, such as between 1 .02 and 1.03. When reference is made to 40 kDa PEG and in particular 40 kDa mPEG it is intended to indicate a compound (or in fact a mixture of compounds) with a polydisperisty index below 1 .06, such as below 1 .05, such as below 1 .04, such as below 1.03, such as between 1 .02 and 1.03. When reference is made to 60 kDa PEG and in particular 60 kDa mPEG it is intended to indicate a compound (or in fact a mixture of compounds) with a polydisperisty index below 1 .06, such as below 1 .05, such as below 1 .04, such as below 1.03, such as between 1 .02 and 1.03.
In the present context, the words "peptide" and "protein" are used interchangeably and are intended to indicate the same. The term "peptide" is intended to indicate a compound with two or more amino acid residues linked by a peptide bond. The amino acids may be natural or unnatural. The term is also intended to include said compounds substituted with other peptides, saccharides, lipids, or other organic compound, as well as compounds wherein one or more amino acid residue have been chemically modified and peptides comprising a prosthetic group.
In the present context, the term "aryl" is intended to indicate a carbocyclic aromatic ring radical or a fused aromatic ring system radical wherein at least one of the rings are aro- matic. Typical aryl groups include phenyl, biphenylyl, naphthyl, and the like.
The term "heteroaryl", as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aromatic ring radical with for instance 5 to 7 member atoms, or to a fused aromatic ring system radical with for instance from 7 to 18 member atoms, wherein at least one ring is aromatic, containing one or more heteroatoms as ring atoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur het- eroatoms, wherein N-oxides and sulfur monoxides and sulfur dioxides are permissible het- eroaromatic substitutions. Examples include furanyl, thienyl, thiophenyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothia- zolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzofuranyl, ben- zothiophenyl, indolyl, and indazolyl, and the like. The term "conjugate" as a noun is intended to indicate a modified peptide, i.e. a peptide with a moiety bonded to it to modify the properties of said peptide. As a verb, the term is intended to indicate the process of bonding a moiety to a peptide to modify the properties of said peptide.
As used herein, the term "prodrug" indicates biohydrolyzable amides and biohydro- lyzable esters and also encompasses a) compounds in which the biohydrolyzable functional-
ity in such a prodrug is encompassed in the compound according to the present invention, and b) compounds which may be oxidized or reduced biologically at a given functional group to yield drug substances according to the present invention. Examples of these functional groups include 1 ,4-dihydropyridine, N-alkylcarbonyl-1 ,4-dihydropyridine, 1 ,4-cyclohexadiene, tert-butyl, and the like.
As used herein, the term "biohydrolyzable ester" is an ester of a drug substance (in casu, a compound according to the invention) which either a) does not interfere with the biological activity of the parent substance but confers on that substance advantageous properties in vivo such as duration of action, onset of action, and the like, or b) is biologically inac- tive but is readily converted in vivo by the subject to the biologically active principle. The advantage is, for example increased solubility or that the biohydrolyzable ester is orally absorbed from the gut and is transformed to a compound according to the present invention in plasma. Many examples of such are known in the art and include by way of example lower alkyl esters {e.g., C1-C4), lower acyloxyalkyl esters, lower alkoxyacyloxyalkyl esters, alkoxya- cyloxy esters, alkyl acylamino alkyl esters, and choline esters.
As used herein, the term "biohydrolyzable amide" is an amide of a drug substance (in casu, a compound according to the present invention) which either a) does not interfere with the biological activity of the parent substance but confers on that substance advantageous properties in vivo such as duration of action, onset of action, and the like, or b) is bio- logically inactive but is readily converted in vivo by the subject to the biologically active principle. The advantage is, for example increased solubility or that the biohydrolyzable amide is orally absorbed from the gut and is transformed to a compound according to the present invention in plasma. Many examples of such are known in the art and include by way of example lower alkyl amides, α-amino acid amides, alkoxyacyl amides, and alkylaminoalkylcar- bonyl amides.
In the present context, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" is intended to indicate salts which are not harmful to the patient. Such salts include pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, pharmaceutically acceptable metal salts, ammonium and alkylated ammonium salts. Acid addition salts include salts of inorganic acids as well as organic acids. Representative examples of suitable inorganic acids include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hy- droiodic, phosphoric, sulfuric, nitric acids and the like. Representative examples of suitable organic acids include formic, acetic, trichloroacetic, trifluoroacetic, propionic, benzoic, cin- namic, citric, fumaric, glycolic, lactic, maleic, malic, malonic, mandelic, oxalic, picric, pyruvic, salicylic, succinic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, tartaric, ascorbic, pamoic, bismethylene salicylic, ethanedisulfonic, gluconic, citraconic, aspartic, stearic, palmitic, EDTA, glycolic, p-
aminobenzoic, glutamic, benzenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic acids and the like. Further examples of pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acid addition salts include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts listed in J. Pharm. Sci. 1977, 66, 2, which is incorporated herein by reference. Examples of metal salts include lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium salts and the like. Examples of ammonium and alkylated ammonium salts include ammonium, methylammonium, dimethylammonium, trimethylammonium, ethylammonium, hy- droxyethylammonium, diethylammonium, butylammonium, tetramethylammonium salts and the like.
A "therapeutically effective amount" of a compound as used herein means an amount sufficient to cure, alleviate or partially arrest the clinical manifestations of a given disease and its complications. An amount adequate to accomplish this is defined as "therapeutically effective amount". Effective amounts for each purpose will depend on the severity of the disease or injury as well as the weight and general state of the subject. It will be understood that determining an appropriate dosage may be achieved using routine experimen- tation, by constructing a matrix of values and testing different points in the matrix, which is all within the ordinary skills of a trained physician or veterinary.
The term "treatment" and "treating" as used herein means the management and care of a patient for the purpose of combating a condition, such as a disease or a disorder. The term is intended to include the full spectrum of treatments for a given condition from which the patient is suffering, such as administration of the active compound to alleviate the symptoms or complications, to delay the progression of the disease, disorder or condition, to alleviate or relief the symptoms and complications, and/or to cure or eliminate the disease, disorder or condition as well as to prevent the condition, wherein prevention is to be understood as the management and care of a patient for the purpose of combating the disease, condition, or disorder and includes the administration of the active compounds to prevent the onset of the symptoms or complications. The patient to be treated is preferably a mammal, in particular a human being, but it may also include animals, such as dogs, cats, cows, sheep and pigs.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION In one embodiment of the invention, XX represents Leu, i.e. relates to a compound according to formula I with a structure of formula Ia
[Ia]
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound according to formula Ia with the structure of formula Ib
[Ib] wherein GH represents a growth hormone compound; mPEG represents any straight or branched methoxy polyethylene glycol moiety with a molecular weight between 0.1 kDa and 1000 kDa; and G represents R-A-E; wherein
R and E both independently represent a bond or a linker, and A represents a biradical; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof.
In a particular embodiment, the compound of formula Ib has a structure according to formula Ic
[Ic]
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound according to formula Ia with the structure of formula Id, Ie, or If,
[Ie]
[If] wherein GH represents a growth hormone compound; mPEG represents any straight or branched methoxy polyethylene glycol moiety with a molecular weight between 0.1 kDa and 1000 kDa; PEGL is a di-radical of a polyethylenglycol- moiety with a molecular weight between 2 kDa and 5 kDa, and G represents R-A-E; wherein
R and E both independently represent a bond or a linker, and A represents a biradical; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof.
In a particular embodiment, the compounds of formulas Id, Ie, and If have the structures according to formulas Ig, Ih, and Ii, respectively,
[Ih]
[Ii] wherein PEGL is a di-radical of a polyethylenglycol-moiety with a molecular weight between 2 kDa and 5 kDa.
In one embodiment, GH represents human growth hormone, hGH. In one embodiment, the GH is a derivative of hGH, obtained by chemically modifying one or more amino acids in the hGH sequence. Exemplary GH derivatives include, but are not limited to, hGH covalently conjugated to one or more other moities. In one embodiment, GH is a variant of hGH, wherein a variant is understood to be the compound obtained by substituting one or more amino acid residues in the hGH sequence with another natural or unnatural amino acid; and/or by adding one or more natural or unnatural amino acids to the hGH sequence; and/or by deleting one or more amino acid residue from the hGH sequence, wherein any of these steps may optionally be followed by further derivatization of one or more amino acid residues. In particular, such substitutions are conservative in the sense that one amino acid residue is substituted by another amino acid residue from the same group, i.e. by another amino acid residue with similar properties. Amino acids may conveniently be divided in the following groups based on their properties: Basic amino acids (such as arginine, lysine, histidine), acidic amino acids (such as glutamic acid and aspartic acid), polar amino acids (such as glutamine, cysteine and asparagine), hydrophobic amino acids (such as leucine, isoleucine, proline, methionine and valine), aromatic amino acids (such as phenylalanine, tryptophan, tyrosine) and small amino acids (such as glycine, alanine, serine and threonine.).
In one embodiment, GH has at least 80%, such as at least 85%, such as at least 90%, such as at least 95% identity with hGH. In one embodiment, said identities to hGH is
coupled to at least 20%, such as at least 40%, such as at least 60%, such as at least 80% of the growth hormone activity of hGH as determined in assay I herein.
The term "identity" as known in the art, refers to a relationship between the sequences of two or more proteins, as determined by comparing the sequences. In the art, "identity" also means the degree of sequence relatedness between proteins, as determined by the number of matches between strings of two or more amino acid residues. "Identity" measures the percent of identical matches between the smaller of two or more sequences with gap alignments (if any) addressed by a particular mathematical model or computer program (i.e., "algorithms"). Identity of related proteins can be readily calculated by known methods. Such methods include, but are not limited to, those described in Computational
Molecular Biology, Lesk, A. M., ed., Oxford University Press, New York, 1988; Biocomputing: Informatics and Genome Projects, Smith, D. W., ed., Academic Press, New York, 1993; Computer Analysis of Sequence Data, Part 1 , Griffin, A. M., and Griffin, H. G., eds., Humana Press, New Jersey, 1994; Sequence Analysis in Molecular Biology, von Heinje, G., Aca- demic Press, 1987; Sequence Analysis Primer, Gribskov, M. and Devereux, J., eds., M. Stockton Press, New York, 1991 ; and Carillo et al., SIAM J. Applied Math., 48:1073 (1988). Preferred methods to determine identity are designed to give the largest match between the sequences tested. Methods to determine identity are described in publicly available computer programs. Preferred computer program methods to determine identity be- tween two sequences include the GCG program package, including GAP (Devereux et al., Nucl. Acid. Res., 12:387 (1984); Genetics Computer Group, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.), BLASTP, BLASTN, and FASTA (Altschul et al., J. MoI. Biol., 215:403-410 (1990)). The BLASTX program is publicly available from the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) and other sources (BLAST Manual, Altschul et al. NCB/NLM/NIH Be- thesda, Md. 20894; Altschul et al., supra). The well known Smith Waterman algorithm may also be used to determine identity.
For example, using the computer algorithm GAP (Genetics Computer Group, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.), two proteins for which the percent sequence identity is to be determined are aligned for optimal matching of their respective amino acids (the "matched span", as determined by the algorithm). A gap opening penalty (which is calculated as 3. times, the average diagonal; the "average diagonal" is the average of the diagonal of the comparison matrix being used; the "diagonal" is the score or number assigned to each perfect amino acid match by the particular comparison matrix) and a gap extension penalty (which is usually {fraction (1/10)} times the gap opening penalty), as well as a comparison matrix such as PAM 250 or BLOSUM 62 are used in conjunction with the algorithm. A stan-
dard comparison matrix (see Dayhoff et al., Atlas of Protein Sequence and Structure, vol. 5, supp.3 (1978) for the PAM 250 comparison matrix; Henikoff et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA, 89:10915-10919 (1992) for the BLOSUM 62 comparison matrix) is also used by the algorithm. Preferred parameters for a protein sequence comparison include the following:
Algorithm: Needleman et al., J. MoI. Biol, 48:443-453 (1970); Comparison matrix: BLOSUM 62 from Henikoff et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:10915-10919 (1992); Gap Penalty: 12, Gap Length Penalty: 4, Threshold of Similarity: 0.
The GAP program is useful with the above parameters. The aforementioned pa- rameters are the default parameters for protein comparisons (along with no penalty for end gaps) using the GAP algorithm.
Both R and E independently represent a bond or a linker. These linkers may be absent (i.e. R and/or E represents a bond) or selected from amongst alkane, alkene or alkyne diradicals and hetero alkane, hetero alkene and hetero alkyne diradicals, wherein one or more optionally substituted aromatic homocyclic biradical or biradical of a heterocyclic compound, e.g. phenylene or piperidine biradical may be inserted into the aforementioned biradi- cals. It is to be understood that said linkers may also comprise substitutions by groups selected from amongst hydroxyl, halogen, nitro, cyano, carboxyl, aryl, alkyl and heteroaryl.
Typical examples of E and R include bi-radicals of straight, branched and/or cyclic Ci-iOalkane, C2-ioalkene, C2-ioalkyne, Ci-i0heteroalkane, C2-ioheteroalkene, C2-ioheteroalkyne, wherein one or more homocyclic aromatic compound biradical or heterocyclic compound biradical may be inserted. Particular examples of E and R include
A represents the biradical formed in the reaction between X and Y as described below. Examples of A include oxime bond, hydrazone bond, phenylhydrazone bond, semicar- bazone moiety, triazole bond, isooxazolidine bond, amide bond or aralkyne bond.
In one embodiment, G, i.e. R-A-E, represents
In one embodiment, G, i.e. R-A-E represents
In one embodiment, G, i.e., R-A-E, represents
or
In one embodiment, G, i.e., R-A-E, represents
In one embodiment, mPEG represents a mPEG with a molecular weight between around 0.5 kDa and around 100 kDa, such as between around 5 kDa and around 80 kDa, such as between around 10 kDa and around 60 kDa, such as between around 10 kDa and around 40 kDa. In particular mPEG with a molecular weight between around 10 kDa and around 30 kDa, such as between around 10 kDa and around 20 kDa. Particular mentioning is made of mPEG with a molecular weight around 5 kDa, around 10 kDa, around 15 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa, around 40 kDa, and around 60 kDa. Said mPEG may be branched in the sense that the moiety comprises more than one mPEG arm, typically two or three arms. As an example, mPEG with a molecular weight around 40 kDa may be difficult to prepare as a single chain molecule, but may be prepared as a branched mPEG comprising two mPEG arms, each with a molecular weight of around 20 kDa.
Particular examples of compounds of formula I include
in which mPEG has a molecular weight around 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
in which mPEG has a molecular weight around 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
in which mPEG has a molecular weight around 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
in which each mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
in which each mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
in which mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
in which each mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
in which each mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
j jn vvhich each mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
j in which mPEG has a molecular weight of about kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
, in which mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa; and
The compounds of the present invention have improved pharmacological properties compared to the corresponding un-conjugated growth hormone, which is also referred to as the parent compound. In this context, the unconjugated GH may both represent GH and GH- XX-AIa. Examples of such pharmacological properties include functional in vivo half-life, im- munogencity, renal filtration, protease protection and albumin binding.
The term "functional in vivo half-life" is used in its normal meaning, i.e., the time at which 50% of the biological activity of the GH or GH conjugate are still present in the body/target organ, or the time at which the activity of the GH or GH conjugate is 50% of its initial value. As an alternative to determining functional in vivo half-life, "in vivo plasma half- life" may be determined, i.e., the time at which 50% of the GH or GH conjugate circulate in the plasma or bloodstream prior to being cleared. Determination of plasma half-life is often
more simple than determining functional half-life and the magnitude of plasma half-life is usually a good indication of the magnitude of functional in vivo half-life. Alternative terms to plasma half-life include serum half-life, circulating half-life, circulatory half-life, serum clearance, plasma clearance, and clearance half-life. The term "increased" as used in connection with the functional in vivo half-life or plasma half-life is used to indicate that the relevant half-life of the GH conjugate is statistically significantly increased relative to that of the parent GH, as determined under comparable conditions. For instance the relevant half-life may be increased by at least about 25%, such as by at lest about 50%, e.g., by at least about 100%, 150%, 200%, 250%, or 500%. In one embodiment, the compounds of the present invention exhibit an increase in half-life of at least about 5 h, preferably at least about 24 h, more preferably at least about 72 h, and most preferably at least about 7 days, relative to the half-life of the parent GH.
Measurement of in vivo plasma half-life can be carried out in a number of ways as described in the literature. An increase in in vivo plasma half-life may be quantified as a de- crease in clearance (CL) or as an increase in mean residence time (MRT). Conjugated GH of the present invention for which the CL is decreased to less than 70%, such as less than 50%, such than less than 20%, such than less than 10% of the CL of the parent GH as determined in a suitable assay is said to have an increased in vivo plasma half-life. Conjugated GH of the present invention for which MRT is increased to more than 130%, such as more than 150%, such as more than 200%, such as more than 500% of the MRT of the parent GH in a suitable assay is said to have an increased in vivo plasma half-life. Clearance and mean residence time can be assessed in standard pharmacokinetic studies using suitable test animals. It is within the capabilities of a person skilled in the art to choose a suitable test animal for a given protein. Tests in human, of course, represent the ultimate test. Suitable text animals include normal, Sprague-Dawley male rats, mice and cynomolgus monkeys. Typically the mice and rats are in injected in a single subcutaneous bolus, while monkeys may be injected in a single subcutaneous bolus or in a single iv dose. The amount injected depends on the test animal. Subsequently, blood samples are taken over a period of one to five days as appropriate for the assessment of CL and MRT. The blood samples are conven- iently analysed by ELISA techniques.
The term "Immunogenicity" of a compound refers to the ability of the compound, when administered to a human, to elicit a deleterious immune response, whether humoral, cellular, or both. In any human sub-population, there may exist individuals who exhibit sensitivity to particular administered proteins. Immunogenicity may be measured by quantifying the presence of growth hormone antibodies and/or growth hormone responsive T-cells in a
sensitive individual, using conventional methods known in the art. In one embodiment, the conjugated GH of the present invention exhibit a decrease in immunogenicity in a sensitive individual of at least about 10%, preferably at least about 25%, more preferably at least about 40% and most preferably at least about 50%, relative to the immunogenicity for that individual of the parent GH.
The term "protease protection" or "protease protected" as used herein is intended to indicate that the conjugated GH of the present invention is more resistant to the plasma peptidase or proteases than is the parent GH. Protease and peptidase enzymes present in plasma are known to be involved in the degradation of circulating proteins, such as e.g. circulating pep- tide hormones, such as growth hormone.
Growth hormone may be susceptible to degradation by for instance thrombin, plasmin, subtilisin, and chymotrypsin-like serine proteinase. Assays for determination of degradation of these proteases are described ain J.Biotech., 65, 183, 1998. In one embodiment, the rate of hydrolysis of the GH conjugate is less than 70%, such as less than 40%, such as less than 10% of that of the parent GH.
The most abundant protein component in circulating blood of mammalian species is serum albumin, which is normally present at a concentration of approximately 3 to 4.5 grams per 100 milliters of whole blood. Serum albumin is a blood protein of approximately 70,000 daltons which has several important functions in the circulatory system. It functions as a transporter of a variety of organic molecules found in the blood, as the main transporter of various metabolites such as fatty acids and bilirubin through the blood, and, owing to its abundance, as an osmotic regulator of the circulating blood. Serum albumin has a half-life of more than one week, and one approach to increasing the plasma half-life of proteins has been to conjugate to the protein a group that binds to serum albumin. Albumin binding prop- erty may be determined as described in J.Med.Chem, 43, 2000, 1986-1992, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Compounds of formula (I) exert growth hormone activity and may as such be used in the treatment of diseases or states which will benefit from an increase in the amount of circulating growth hormone. In particular, the invention provides a method for the treatment of growth hormone deficiency (GHD); Turner Syndrome; Prader-Willi syndrome (PWS);
Noonan syndrome; Down syndrome; chronic renal disease, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis; cystic fibrosis, HIV-infection in children receiving HAART treatment (HIV/HALS children); short children born short for gestational age (SGA); short stature in children born with very low birth weight (VLBW) but SGA; skeletal dysplasia; hypochondroplasia; achondroplasia; idio- pathic short stature (ISS); GHD in adults; fractures in or of long bones, such as tibia, fibula,
femur, humerus, radius, ulna, clavicula, matacarpea, matatarsea, and digit; fractures in or of spongious bones, such as the scull, base of hand, and base of food; patients after tendon or ligament surgery in e.g. hand, knee, or shoulder; patients having or going through distraction oteogenesis; patients after hip or discus replacement, meniscus repair, spinal fusions or prosthesis fixation, such as in the knee, hip, shoulder, elbow, wrist or jaw; patients into which osteosynthesis material, such as nails, screws and plates, have been fixed; patients with non-union or mal-union of fractures; patients after osteatomia, e.g. from tibia or 1 st toe; patients after graft implantation; articular cartilage degeneration in knee caused by trauma or arthritis; osteoporosis in patients with Turner syndrome; osteoporosis in men; adult patients in chronic dialysis (APCD); malnutritional associated cardiovascular disease in APCD; reversal of cachexia in APCD; cancer in APCD; chronic abstractive pulmonal disease in APCD; HIV in APCD; elderly with APCD; chronic liver disease in APCD, fatigue syndrome in APCD; Crohn's disease; impaired liver function; males with HIV infections; short bowel syndrome; central obesity; HIV-associated lipodystrophy syndrome (HALS); male infertility; patients after major elective surgery, alcohol/drug detoxification or neurological trauma; aging; frail elderly; osteo-arthritis; traumatically damaged cartilage; erectile dysfunction; fibromyalgia; memory disorders; depression; traumatic brain injury; subarachnoid haemorrhage; very low birth weight; metabolic syndrome; glucocorticoid myopathy; or short stature due to glucucorticoid treatment inchildren, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to formula (I)
In one aspect, the invention provides a method for the acceleration of the healing of muscle tissue, nervous tissue or wounds; the acceleration or improvement of blood flow to damaged tissue; or the decrease of infection rate in damaged tissue, the method comprising administration to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to the use of compounds according to formula I in the manufacture of diseases benefiting from an increase in the growth hormone plasma level, such as the disease mentioned above.
A typical parenteral dose is in the range of 10'9 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg body weight per administration. Typical administration doses are from about 0.0000001 to about 10 mg/kg body weight per administration. The exact dose will depend on e.g. indication, medicament, frequency and mode of administration, the sex, age and general condition of the subject to be treated, the nature and the severity of the disease or condition to be treated, the desired effect of the treatment and other factors evident to the person skilled in the art.
Typical dosing frequencies are twice daily, once daily, bi-daily, twice weekly, once weekly or with even longer dosing intervals. Due to the prolonged half-lifes of the fusion proteins of the present invention, a dosing regime with long dosing intervals, such as twice weekly, once weekly or with even longer dosing intervals is a particular embodiment of the invention.
Many diseases are treated using more than one medicament in the treatment, either concomitantly administered or sequentially administered. It is therefore within the scope of the present invention to use compounds of formula (I) in therapeutic methods for the treatment of one of the above mentioned diseases in combination with one or more other thera- peutically active compound normally used in the treatment said diseases. By analogy, it is also within the scope of the present invention to use compounds of formula (I) in combination with other therapeutically active compounds normally used in the treatment of one of the above mentioned diseases in the manufacture of a medicament for said disease.
Compounds of formula I may advantageously be prepared in a two-step enzyme catalysed reaction. The present inventors have surprisingly found that Carboxypeptidase Y (CPY) is particularly well-suited to incorporate into the C-terminal of growth hormones compounds (GH) which have been extended at the C-terminal by a -XX-AIa sequence, a first compound comprising one or more functional groups, which are not accessible in the GH, to form a transacylated compound, and that this transacylated compound may subsequently be reacted with another compound comprising a PEG moiety and one or more functional groups which react with the functional group of the first compound but not with other functional groups accessible in the GH. Such method provides a high degree of specificity in that CPY only catalyses the incorporation at the C-terminal, and the two functional groups are selected so that they only react with each other, not with other functional groups accessible in the GH. In this way, the PEG moiety is only attached at the C-terminal, and by selecting the functional groups, the number of PEG moieties can be controlled.
From the above definition of growth hormone compound it is clear that the above method may also be used on GH which themselves have a C-terminal -XX-AIa sequence. Alternatively, the above method includes an initial step in which the -XX-AIa sequence is at- tached to the C-terminal of GH. This may be done using standard protein chemistry techniques, e.g. de novo synthesis. Alternatively, GH-XX-AIa may be produced using standard genetic engineering techniques in which a nucleic acid sequence encoding GH-XX-AIa is inserted in a suitable vector, said vector is introduced into a suitable host cell which is fermented to allow the isolation of GH-XX-AIa from the fermentation broth, e.g. after lysis of the cells.
Carboxypeptidease Y belongs to the classification groups E. C. 3.4.16.5. The in vivo reaction catalysed by said enzyme is the hydrolysis of the C-terminal amino acid residue. During the catalytic cycle an enzyme-substrate complex is formed which under normal in vivo conditions is subjected to a nucleophilic attack by a water molecule, which eventually leads to the hydrolysis of the peptide bond. In the methods of the present invention, however, a nucleophilic reagent is added, which can out compete water as a nucleophile. Moreover, the water activity may be reduced by running the reaction in solvents or in aqueous solvents. In the methods of the present invention, said nucleophile attacks the enzyme-substrate complex eventually forming a transacylated compound. On top of being a nuclophile, said re- agent also has to comprise one or more functional groups, which are not accessible in the peptide to be conjugated.
CPY has specific requirements to the amino acid sequence of a peptide to be able to incorporate a nucleophile into the a C-terminal. The particular combination of CPY and GH-XX-AIa, and in particular GH-Leu-Ala is advantageously in that e.g. higher yield are ob- tained in the corresponding reaction between CPY and GH-AIa, while maintaining a close relationship to the GH. This aspect could be of importance if GH represents hGH. A close relationship to the natural peptide is generally regarded as an advantage with therapeutic interventions comprising administration of variants or analogues of this natural peptide as it minimizes the risk of e.g. any unwanted antibody generation. Many nucleophilic compounds are known which could be incorporated into peptides according to the methods of the present invention, and α-amino acids is one such type of nucleophilic compounds. For the purpose of the present invention, it is, however, preferred to select the nucleophilic compound so that the transacylated compound formed is not itself a substrate for the enzyme applied. Stated differently, it is preferred to apply a nucleophilic compound which effectively blocks any further reaction of the enzyme. One example of such compounds is amides of α-amino acids as carboxy amidated peptides are not substrates for carboxypeptidases.
It is recognised that whether or not a compound is a substrate for a given enzyme in principle depends on the conditions, e.g. the time frame, under which the reaction takes place. Given sufficient time, many compounds are, in fact, substrates for an enzyme although they are not under normal conditions regarded as such. When it is stated above that the transacylated compound itself should not be a substrate of the enzyme it is intended to indicate that the tranacylated compound itself is not a substrate for the enzyme to an extent where the following reactions in the method of the present invention are disturbed. If the
transacylated compound is, in fact, a substrate for the enzyme, the enzyme may be removed or inactivated, e.g. by enzyme inhibitors, following the transacylation reaction.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a method of conjugating GH-XX-AIa, wherein GH-XX-AIa is reacted in one or more steps with a first compound, which is an α- amino acid amide represented by the formula
said transacylated peptide being further reacted in one or more steps with a second com- pound of the formula
Y-E-PEG to form a conjugated GH of the formula
[I] wherein G represent R-A-E, wherein R represents a linker or a bond; E represents a linker or a bond; A represents the moiety formed by the reaction between the functional groups comprised in X and Y; and GH represent a growth hormone compound;
X represents a radical comprising a functional group not accessible in the amino acid residues constituting the GH; Y represents a radical comprising one or more functional groups which groups react with functional groups present in X, and which functional groups do not react with functional groups accessible in the GH; PEG represent a poly ethylene glycol moiety; and XX represents an amino acid residue selected from histidine, asparatic acid, arginine, phenylalanine, alanine, glycine, glutamine, glutamic acid, lysine, leucine, methionine, aspar- agine, serine, tyrosine, threonine, isoleucine, tryptophane, proline, and valine.
In a further embodiment, the invention relates to methods of conjugating GH-XX-AIa as disclosed above, which further comprises the step of formulating the resulting conjugated peptide in a pharmaceutical composition.
Following the conjugation, the conjugated GH-XX-AIa may be isolated and purified by techniques well-known in the art. The conjugated peptide may also be converted into a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, if relevant.
In one embodiment, XX represents Leu.
The moiety, A, formed in the reaction between the functional groups of X and Y may in principle be of any kind depending on what properties of the final conjugated peptide is desired. In some situation it may be desirable to have a labile bond which can be cleaved at some later stage, e.g. by some enzymatic action or by photolysis. In other situations, it may be desirable to have a stable bond, so that a stable conjugated peptide is obtained. Particular mentioning is made of the type of moieties formed by reactions between amine derivatives and carbonyl groups, such as oxime, hydrazone, phenylhydrazone and semicarbazone moieties.
In one embodiment the functional groups of X and Y are selected from amongst carbonyl groups, such as keto and aldehyde groups, and amino derivatives, such as hydrazine derivatives -NH-NH2, hydrazine carboxylate derivatives -0-C(O)-NH-NH2, semicarbazide derivatives -NH-C(O)-NH-NH2, thiosemicarbazide derivatives -NH-C(S)-NH-NH2, carbonic acid dihydrazide derivatives -NHC(O)-NH-NH-C(O)-NH-NH2, carbazide derivatives -NH-NH-C(O)-NH-NH2, thiocarbazide derivatives -NH-NH-C(S)-NH-NH2, aryl hydrazine derivatives -NH-C(O)-C6H4-NH-NH2, and hydrazide derivatives -C(O)-NH-NH2; oxylamine derivatives, such as -0-NH2, -C(O)-O-NH2, -NH-C(O)-O-NH2 and -NH-C(S)-O- NH2.
It is to be understood, that if the functional group comprised in X is a carbonyl group, then the functional group comprised in Y is an amine derivative, and vice versa. Due to the presence of -NH2 groups in most peptides, a better selectivity is believed to be obtained if X comprises a keto- or an aldehyde- functionality.
Another example of a suitable pair of X and Y is azide derivatives (-N3) and alkynes (or vice versa) which react to form a triazole moiety.
Another example of a suitable pair of X and Y is alkyne and nitril-oxide (or vice versa), which reacts to form a isooxazolidine moiety.
Another example of a suitable pair of X and Y is alkyne and haloaryl (or vice versa), which reacts to form a aralkyne moiety.
Another example of a suitable pair of X and Y is alkyne and aryl trifluorosulphonate (or vice versa), which reacts to form a aralkyne moiety.
In particular, the group to be transacylated,
may be selected from amongst 2-amino-3-oxo-butyramide, 2-amino-6-(4-oxo- pentanoylamino)-hexanoic acid amide, 2-amino-3-(2-oxo-2-phenyl-ethylsulfanyl)- propionamide, 2-amino-5-oxo-hexanoic acid amide, 2-amino-3-oxo-propionamide, 2-amino- 6-(4-acetylbenzoylamino)hexanoic acid amide, (2S)-2-amino-3-[4-(2- oxopropoxy)phenyl]propionamide, (2S)-2-amino-3-[4-(2-oxobutoxy)phenyl]propionamide, (2S)-2-amino-3-[4-(2-oxopentoxy)phenyl]propionamide, (2S)-2-amino-3-[4-(4- oxopentoxy)phenyl]propionamide, (2S)-2-amino-6-(4-oxo-4-phenylbutyrylamino)hexanoic acid amide, (2S)-2-amino-6-(4-oxo-4-(4-chlorophenylbutyrylamino)hexanoic acid amide, 3- acetyl-N-((5S)-5-amino-5-carbamoylpentyl)benzamide, 2-acetyl-N-((5S)-5-amino-5- carbamoylpentyl)benzamide, (2S)-2-amino-3-(4-(prop-2-ynyloxy)phenyl)propionamide, (S)-2- aminopent-4-ynoicacid amide, (2S)-2-amino-6-(3-(prop-2-ynyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide, (2S)-2-amino-6-(4-(prop-2-ynyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide, (2S)-2-amino-6-(2- (prop-2-ynyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide, (2S)-2-amino-3-[4-(1 - oxoethyoxy)phenyl)propionamide and S-phenylacylcysteine amide. Particular examples of Y-E-PEG includes
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa, and
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 30 kDa or around 40 kDa.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to growth hormone compounds suitable for the conjugation according to the methods of the present invention, i.e. to compounds of the
formula GH-XX-AIa, wherein XX represents an amino acid residue selected from histidine, asparatic acid, arginine, phenylalanine, alanine, glycine, glutamine, glutamic acid, lysine, leucine, methionine, asparagine, serine, tyrosine, threonine, isoleucine, tryptophane, proline, and valine. Particular mentioning is made of hGH-Leu-Ala.
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
Another purpose is to provide a pharmaceutical composition comprising a conjugated GH of the present invention which is present in a concentration from 10~15 mg/ml to 200 mg/ml, such as e.g. 10'10 mg/ml to 5 mg/ml and wherein said composition has a pH from 2.0 to 10.0. The composition may further comprise pharmaceutical exhibients, such as a buffer system, preservative(s), tonicity agent(s), chelating agent(s), stabilizers and surfactants. In one embodiment of the invention the pharmaceutical composition is an aqueous composition, i.e. composition comprising water. Such composition is typically a solution or a suspension. In a further embodiment of the invention the pharmaceutical composition is an aqueous solution. The term "aqueous composition" is defined as a composition comprising at least 50 % w/w water. Likewise, the term "aqueous solution" is defined as a solution comprising at least 50 %w/w water, and the term "aqueous suspension" is defined as a suspension comprising at least 50 %w/w water.
In another embodiment the pharmaceutical composition is a freeze-dried composition, whereto the physician or the patient adds solvents and/or diluents prior to use. In another embodiment the pharmaceutical composition is a dried composition (e.g. freeze-dried or spray-dried) ready for use without any prior dissolution.
In a further aspect the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising an aqueous solution of a GH conjugate, and a buffer, wherein said GH conjugate is present in a concentration from 0.1 -100 mg/ml or above, and wherein said composition has a pH from about 2.0 to about 10.0.
In a another embodiment of the invention the pH of the composition is selected from the list consisting of 2.0, 2.1 , 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.1 , 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5,
3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4.0, 4.1 , 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5.0, 5.1 , 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6,
5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6.0, 6.1 , 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7.0, 7.1 , 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8.0, 8.1 , 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9.0, 9.1 , 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8,
9.9, and 10.0.
In a further embodiment of the invention the buffer is selected from the group consisting of sodium acetate, sodium carbonate, citrate, glycylglycine, histidine, glycine, lysine, arginine, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate,
and tris(hydroxymethyl)-aminomethan, bicine, tricine, malic acid, succinate, maleic acid, fu- maric acid, tartaric acid, aspartic acid or mixtures thereof. Each one of these specific buffers constitutes an alternative embodiment of the invention.
In a further embodiment of the invention the composition further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable preservative. In a further embodiment of the invention the preservative is selected from the group consisting of phenol, o-cresol, m-cresol, p-cresol, methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, 2-phenoxyethanol, butyl p- hydroxybenzoate, 2-phenylethanol, benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, and thiomerosal, bronopol, benzoic acid, imidurea, chlorohexidine, sodium dehydroacetate, chlorocresol, ethyl p- hydroxybenzoate, benzethonium chloride, chlorphenesine (3p-chlorphenoxypropane-1 ,2-diol) or mixtures thereof. In a further embodiment of the invention the preservative is present in a concentration from 0.1 mg/ml to 20 mg/ml. In a further embodiment of the invention the preservative is present in a concentration from 0.1 mg/ml to 5 mg/ml. In a further embodiment of the invention the preservative is present in a concentration from 5 mg/ml to 10 mg/ml. In a further embodiment of the invention the preservative is present in a concentration from 10 mg/ml to 20 mg/ml. Each one of these specific preservatives constitutes an alternative embodiment of the invention. The use of a preservative in pharmaceutical compositions is well-known to the skilled person. For convenience reference is made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th edition, 2000. In a further embodiment of the invention the composition further comprises an isotonic agent. In a further embodiment of the invention the isotonic agent is selected from the group consisting of a salt (e.g. sodium chloride), a sugar or sugar alcohol, an amino acid (e.g. L-glycine, L-histidine, arginine, lysine, isoleucine, aspartic acid, tryptophan, threonine), an alditol (e.g. glycerol (glycerine), 1 ,2-propanediol (propyleneglycol), 1 ,3-propanediol, 1 ,3- butanediol) polyethyleneglycol (e.g. PEG400), or mixtures thereof. Any sugar such as mono-, di-, or polysaccharides, or water-soluble glucans, including for example fructose, glucose, mannose, sorbose, xylose, maltose, lactose, sucrose, trehalose, dextran, pullulan, dextrin, cyclodextrin, soluble starch, hydroxyethyl starch and carboxymethylcellulose-Na may be used. In one embodiment the sugar additive is sucrose. Sugar alcohol is defined as a C4-C8 hydrocarbon having at least one -OH group and includes, for example, mannitol, sorbitol, inositol, galactitol, dulcitol, xylitol, and arabitol. In one embodiment the sugar alcohol additive is mannitol. The sugars or sugar alcohols mentioned above may be used individually or in combination. There is no fixed limit to the amount used, as long as the sugar or sugar alcohol is soluble in the liquid preparation and does not adversely effect the stabilizing effects obtained using the methods of the invention. In one embodiment, the sugar or sugar alcohol
concentration is between about 1 mg/ml and about 150 mg/ml. In a further embodiment of the invention the isotonic agent is present in a concentration from 1 mg/ml to 50 mg/ml. In a further embodiment of the invention the isotonic agent is present in a concentration from 1 mg/ml to 7 mg/ml. In a further embodiment of the invention the isotonic agent is present in a concentration from 8 mg/ml to 24 mg/ml. In a further embodiment of the invention the isotonic agent is present in a concentration from 25 mg/ml to 50 mg/ml. Each one of these specific isotonic agents constitutes an alternative embodiment of the invention. The use of an isotonic agent in pharmaceutical compositions is well-known to the skilled person. For convenience reference is made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th edition, 2000. In a further embodiment of the invention the composition further comprises a chelating agent. In a further embodiment of the invention the chelating agent is selected from salts of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), citric acid, and aspartic acid, and mixtures thereof. In a further embodiment of the invention the chelating agent is present in a concentration from 0.1 mg/ml to 5mg/ml. In a further embodiment of the invention the chelating agent is present in a concentration from 0.1 mg/ml to 2mg/ml. In a further embodiment of the invention the chelating agent is present in a concentration from 2mg/ml to 5mg/ml. Each one of these specific chelating agents constitutes an alternative embodiment of the invention. The use of a chelating agent in pharmaceutical compositions is well-known to the skilled person. For convenience reference is made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th edition, 2000.
In a further embodiment of the invention the composition further comprises a stabilizer. The use of a stabilizer in pharmaceutical compositions is well-known to the skilled person. For convenience reference is made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th edition, 2000. More particularly, compositions of the invention are stabilized liquid pharmaceutical compositions whose therapeutically active components include a protein that possibly exhibits aggregate formation during storage in liquid pharmaceutical compositions. By "aggregate formation" is intended a physical interaction between the protein molecules that results in formation of oligomers, which may remain soluble, or large visible aggregates that precipitate from the solution. By "during storage" is intended a liquid pharmaceutical composition or composition once prepared, is not immediately administered to a subject. Rather, following preparation, it is packaged for storage, either in a liquid form, in a frozen state, or in a dried form for later reconstitution into a liquid form or other form suitable for administration to a subject. By "dried form" is intended the liquid pharmaceutical composition or composition is dried either by freeze drying (i.e., lyophilization; see, for example, Williams and PoIIi (1984) J.
Parenteral Sci. Technol. 38:48-59), spray drying (see Masters (1991 ) in Spray-Drying Handbook (5th ed; Longman Scientific and Technical, Essez, U.K.), pp. 491 -676; Broadhead et al. (1992) Drug Devel. Ind. Pharm. 18:1169-1206; and Mumenthaler et al. (1994) Pharm. Res. 1 1 :12-20), or air drying (Carpenter and Crowe (1988) Cryobiology 25:459-470; and Roser (1991 ) Biopharm. 4:47-53). Aggregate formation by a protein during storage of a liquid pharmaceutical composition can adversely affect biological activity of that protein, resulting in loss of therapeutic efficacy of the pharmaceutical composition. Furthermore, aggregate formation may cause other problems such as blockage of tubing, membranes, or pumps when the protein-containing pharmaceutical composition is administered using an infusion system. The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may further comprise an amount of an amino acid base sufficient to decrease aggregate formation by the protein during storage of the composition. By "amino acid base" is intended an amino acid or a combination of amino acids, where any given amino acid is present either in its free base form or in its salt form. Where a combination of amino acids is used, all of the amino acids may be present in their free base forms, all may be present in their salt forms, or some may be present in their free base forms while others are present in their salt forms. In one embodiment, amino acids to use in preparing the compositions of the invention are those carrying a charged side chain, such as arginine, lysine, aspartic acid, and glutamic acid. Any stereoisomer (i.e., L or D isomer, or mixtures thereof) of a particular amino acid (methionine, histidine, arginine, lysine, isoleucine, aspartic acid, tryptophan, threonine and mixtures thereof) or combinations of these stereoisomers or glycine or an organic base such as but not limited to imidazole, may be present in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention so long as the particular amino acid or organic base is present either in its free base form or its salt form. In one embodiment the L-stereoisomer of an amino acid is used. In one embodiment the L- stereoisomer is used. Compositions of the invention may also be formulated with analogues of these amino acids. By "amino acid analogue" is intended a derivative of the naturally occurring amino acid that brings about the desired effect of decreasing aggregate formation by the protein during storage of the liquid pharmaceutical compositions of the invention. Suitable arginine analogues include, for example, aminoguanidine, ornithine and N-monoethyl L- arginine, suitable methionine analogues include ethionine and buthionine and suitable cysteine analogues include S-methyl-L cysteine. As with the other amino acids, the amino acid analogues are incorporated into the compositions in either their free base form or their salt form. In a further embodiment of the invention the amino acids or amino acid analogues are used in a concentration, which is sufficient to prevent or delay aggregation of the protein.
In a further embodiment of the invention methionine (or other sulphuric amino acids or amino acid analogous) may be added to inhibit oxidation of methionine residues to methionine sulfoxide when the protein acting as the therapeutic agent is a protein comprising at least one methionine residue susceptible to such oxidation. By "inhibit" is intended minimal accumulation of methionine oxidized species over time. Inhibiting methionine oxidation results in greater retention of the protein in its proper molecular form. Any stereoisomer of methionine (L or D isomer) or any combinations thereof can be used. The amount to be added should be an amount sufficient to inhibit oxidation of the methionine residues such that the amount of methionine sulfoxide is acceptable to regulatory agencies. Typically, this means that the composition contains no more than about 10% to about 30% methionine sulfoxide. Generally, this can be obtained by adding methionine such that the ratio of methionine added to methionine residues ranges from about 1 :1 to about 1000:1 , such as 10:1 to about 100:1.
In a further embodiment of the invention the composition further comprises a stabilizer selected from the group of high molecular weight polymers or low molecular compounds. In a further embodiment of the invention the stabilizer is selected from polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 3350), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyvinylpyrrolidone, carboxy- /hydroxycellulose or derivates thereof (e.g. HPC, HPC-SL, HPC-L and HPMC), cyclodextrins, sulphur-containing substances as monothioglycerol, thioglycolic acid and 2- methylthioethanol, and different salts (e.g. sodium chloride). Each one of these specific stabilizers constitutes an alternative embodiment of the invention.
The pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise additional stabilizing agents, which further enhance stability of a therapeutically active protein therein. Stabilizing agents of particular interest to the present invention include, but are not limited to, methionine and EDTA, which protect the protein against methionine oxidation, and a nonionic surfactant, which protects the protein against aggregation associated with freeze-thawing or mechanical shearing.
In a further embodiment of the invention the composition further comprises a surfactant. In a further embodiment of the invention the surfactant is selected from a detergent, ethoxylated castor oil, polyglycolyzed glycerides, acetylated monoglycerides, sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxypropylene-polyoxyethylene block polymers (eg. poloxamers such as Pluronic® F68, poloxamer 188 and 407, Triton X-100 ), polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene and polyethylene derivatives such as alkylated and alkoxylated derivatives (tweens, e.g. Tween-20, Tween-40, Tween-80 and Brij-35), monoglycerides or ethoxylated derivatives thereof, diglycerides or polyoxyethylene derivatives thereof, alcohols, glycerol, lectins and phospholipids (eg. phosphatidyl serine,
phosphatidyl choline, phosphatidyl ethanolamine, phosphatidyl inositol, diphosphatidyl glycerol and sphingomyelin), derivates of phospholipids (eg. dipalmitoyl phosphatidic acid) and lysophospholipids (eg. palmitoyl lysophosphatidyl-L-serine and 1 -acyl-sn-glycero-3- phosphate esters of ethanolamine, choline, serine or threonine) and alkyl, alkoxyl (alkyl ester), alkoxy (alkyl ether)- derivatives of lysophosphatidyl and phosphatidylcholines, e.g. lauroyl and myristoyl derivatives of lysophosphatidylcholine, dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine, and modifications of the polar head group, that is cholines, ethanolamines, phosphatidic acid, serines, threonines, glycerol, inositol, and the positively charged DODAC, DOTMA, DCP, BISHOP, lysophosphatidylserine and lysophosphatidylthreonine, and glycerophospholipids (eg. cephalins), glyceroglycolipids (eg. galactopyransoide), sphingoglycolipids (eg. ceramides, gangliosides), dodecylphosphocholine, hen egg lysolecithin, fusidic acid derivatives- (e.g. sodium tauro-dihydrofusidate etc.), long-chain fatty acids and salts thereof C6-Ci2 (eg. oleic acid and caprylic acid), acylcarnitines and derivatives, Nα-acylated derivatives of lysine, arginine or histidine, or side-chain acylated derivatives of lysine or arginine, Nα-acylated derivatives of dipeptides comprising any combination of lysine, arginine or histidine and a neutral or acidic amino acid, Nα-acylated derivative of a tripeptide comprising any combination of a neutral amino acid and two charged amino acids, DSS (docusate sodium, CAS registry no [577-11 -7]), docusate calcium, CAS registry no [128-49- 4]), docusate potassium, CAS registry no [7491 -09-0]), SDS (sodium dodecyl sulphate or sodium lauryl sulphate), sodium caprylate, cholic acid or derivatives thereof, bile acids and salts thereof and glycine or taurine conjugates, ursodeoxycholic acid, sodium cholate, sodium deoxycholate, sodium taurocholate, sodium glycocholate, N-Hexadecyl-N,N- dimethyl-3-ammonio-1 -propanesulfonate, anionic (alkyl-aryl-sulphonates) monovalent surfactants, zwitterionic surfactants (e.g. N-alkyl-N,N-dimethylammonio-1 -propanesulfonates, S-cholamido-i -propyldimethylammonio-i -propanesulfonate, cationic surfactants (quaternary ammonium bases) (e.g. cetyl-trimethylammonium bromide, cetylpyridinium chloride), non- ionic surfactants (eg. Dodecyl β-D-glucopyranoside), poloxamines (eg. Tetronic's), which are tetrafunctional block copolymers derived from sequential addition of propylene oxide and ethylene oxide to ethylenediamine, or the surfactant may be selected from the group of imidazoline derivatives, or mixtures thereof. Each one of these specific surfactants constitutes an alternative embodiment of the invention.
The use of a surfactant in pharmaceutical compositions is well-known to the skilled person. For convenience reference is made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th edition, 2000.
It is possible that other ingredients may be present in the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention. Such additional ingredients may include wetting agents, emulsi- fiers, antioxidants, bulking agents, tonicity modifiers, chelating agents, metal ions, oleaginous vehicles, proteins (e.g., human serum albumin, gelatine or proteins) and a zwitterion (e.g., an amino acid such as betaine, taurine, arginine, glycine, lysine and histidine). Such additional ingredients, of course, should not adversely affect the overall stability of the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.
Pharmaceutical compositions containing a GH conjugate according to the present invention may be administered to a patient in need of such treatment at several sites, for ex- ample, at topical sites, for example, skin and mucosal sites, at sites which bypass absorption, for example, administration in an artery, in a vein, in the heart, and at sites which involve absorption, for example, administration in the skin, under the skin, in a muscle or in the abdomen.
Administration of pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention may be through several routes of administration, for example, lingual, sublingual, buccal, in the mouth, oral, in the stomach and intestine, nasal, pulmonary, for example, through the bronchioles and alveoli or a combination thereof, epidermal, dermal, transdermal, vaginal, rectal, ocular, for examples through the conjunctiva, uretal, and parenteral to patients in need of such a treatment. Compositions of the current invention may be administered in several dosage forms, for example, as solutions, suspensions, emulsions, microemulsions, multiple emulsion, foams, salves, pastes, plasters, ointments, tablets, coated tablets, rinses, capsules, for example, hard gelatine capsules and soft gelatine capsules, suppositories, rectal capsules, drops, gels, sprays, powder, aerosols, inhalants, eye drops, ophthalmic ointments, ophthal- mic rinses, vaginal pessaries, vaginal rings, vaginal ointments, injection solution, in situ transforming solutions, for example in situ gelling, in situ setting, in situ precipitating, in situ crystallization, infusion solution, and implants.
Compositions of the invention may further be compounded in, or attached to, for example through covalent, hydrophobic and electrostatic interactions, a drug carrier, drug de- livery system and advanced drug delivery system in order to further enhance stability of the GH conjugate, increase bioavailability, increase solubility, decrease adverse effects, achieve chronotherapy well known to those skilled in the art, and increase patient compliance or any combination thereof. Examples of carriers, drug delivery systems and advanced drug delivery systems include, but are not limited to, polymers, for example cellulose and derivatives, polysaccharides, for example dextran and derivatives, starch and derivatives, polyvinyl al-
cohol), acrylate and methacrylate polymers, polylactic and polyglycolic acid and block copolymers thereof, polyethylene glycols, carrier proteins, for example albumin, gels, for example, thermogelling systems, for example block co-polymeric systems well known to those skilled in the art, micelles, liposomes, microspheres, nanoparticulates, liquid crystals and dispersions thereof, L2 phase and dispersions there of, well known to those skilled in the art of phase behaviour in lipid-water systems, polymeric micelles, multiple emulsions, self- emulsifying, self-microemulsifying, cyclodextrins and derivatives thereof, and dendrimers.
Compositions of the current invention are useful in the composition of solids, semisolids, powder and solutions for pulmonary administration of GH conjugate, using, for exam- pie a metered dose inhaler, dry powder inhaler and a nebulizer, all being devices well known to those skilled in the art.
Compositions of the current invention are specifically useful in the composition of controlled, sustained, protracting, retarded, and slow release drug delivery systems. More specifically, but not limited to, compositions are useful in composition of parenteral controlled release and sustained release systems (both systems leading to a many-fold reduction in number of administrations), well known to those skilled in the art. Even more preferably, are controlled release and sustained release systems administered subcutaneous. Without limiting the scope of the invention, examples of useful controlled release system and compositions are hydrogels, oleaginous gels, liquid crystals, polymeric micelles, microspheres, nanoparticles,
Methods to produce controlled release systems useful for compositions of the current invention include, but are not limited to, crystallization, condensation, co-crystallization, precipitation, co-precipitation, emulsification, dispersion, high pressure homogenisation, encapsulation, spray drying, microencapsulating, coacervation, phase separation, solvent evaporation to produce microspheres, extrusion and supercritical fluid processes. General reference is made to Handbook of Pharmaceutical Controlled Release (Wise, D. L., ed. Marcel Dekker, New York, 2000) and Drug and the Pharmaceutical Sciences vol. 99: Protein Composition and Delivery (MacNally, EJ. , ed. Marcel Dekker, New York, 2000).
Parenteral administration may be performed by subcutaneous, intramuscular, in- traperitoneal or intravenous injection by means of a syringe, optionally a pen-like syringe. Alternatively, parenteral administration can be performed by means of an infusion pump. A further option is a composition which may be a solution or suspension for the administration of the GH conjugate in the form of a nasal or pulmonal spray. As a still further option, the pharmaceutical compositions containing the GH conjugate of the invention can also be
adapted to transdermal administration, e.g. by needle-free injection or from a patch, optionally an iontophoretic patch, or transmucosal, e.g. buccal, administration.
The term "stabilized composition" refers to a composition with increased physical stability, increased chemical stability or increased physical and chemical stability. The term "physical stability" of the protein composition as used herein refers to the tendency of the protein to form biologically inactive and/or insoluble aggregates of the protein as a result of exposure of the protein to thermo-mechanical stresses and/or interaction with interfaces and surfaces that are destabilizing, such as hydrophobic surfaces and interfaces. Physical stability of the aqueous protein compositions is evaluated by means of visual in- spection and/or turbidity measurements after exposing the composition filled in suitable containers (e.g. cartridges or vials) to mechanical/physical stress (e.g. agitation) at different temperatures for various time periods. Visual inspection of the compositions is performed in a sharp focused light with a dark background. The turbidity of the composition is characterized by a visual score ranking the degree of turbidity for instance on a scale from 0 to 3 (a com- position showing no turbidity corresponds to a visual score 0, and a composition showing visual turbidity in daylight corresponds to visual score 3). A composition is classified physical unstable with respect to protein aggregation, when it shows visual turbidity in daylight. Alternatively, the turbidity of the composition can be evaluated by simple turbidity measurements well-known to the skilled person. Physical stability of the aqueous protein compositions can also be evaluated by using a spectroscopic agent or probe of the conformational status of the protein. The probe is preferably a small molecule that preferentially binds to a non-native conformer of the protein. One example of a small molecular spectroscopic probe of protein structure is Thioflavin T. Thioflavin T is a fluorescent dye that has been widely used for the detection of amyloid fibrils. In the presence of fibrils, and perhaps other protein configurations as well, Thioflavin T gives rise to a new excitation maximum at about 450 nm and enhanced emission at about 482 nm when bound to a fibril protein form. Unbound Thioflavin T is essentially non-fluorescent at the wavelengths.
Other small molecules can be used as probes of the changes in protein structure from native to non-native states. For instance the "hydrophobic patch" probes that bind pref- erentially to exposed hydrophobic patches of a protein. The hydrophobic patches are generally buried within the tertiary structure of a protein in its native state, but become exposed as a protein begins to unfold or denature. Examples of these small molecular, spectroscopic probes are aromatic, hydrophobic dyes, such as antrhacene, acridine, phenanthroline or the like. Other spectroscopic probes are metal-amino acid complexes, such as cobalt metal
complexes of hydrophobic amino acids, such as phenylalanine, leucine, isoleucine, methionine, and valine, or the like.
The term "chemical stability" of the protein composition as used herein refers to chemical covalent changes in the protein structure leading to formation of chemical degrada- tion products with potential less biological potency and/or potential increased immunogenic properties compared to the native protein structure. Various chemical degradation products can be formed depending on the type and nature of the native protein and the environment to which the protein is exposed. Elimination of chemical degradation can most probably not be completely avoided and increasing amounts of chemical degradation products is often seen during storage and use of the protein composition as well-known by the person skilled in the art. Most proteins are prone to deamidation, a process in which the side chain amide group in glutaminyl or asparaginyl residues is hydrolysed to form a free carboxylic acid. Other degradations pathways involves formation of high molecular weight transformation products where two or more protein molecules are covalently bound to each other through transami- dation and/or disulfide interactions leading to formation of covalently bound dimer, oligomer and polymer degradation products (Stability of Protein Pharmaceuticals, Ahem. T.J. & Manning M. C, Plenum Press, New York 1992). Oxidation (of for instance methionine residues) can be mentioned as another variant of chemical degradation. The chemical stability of the protein composition can be evaluated by measuring the amount of the chemical degradation products at various time-points after exposure to different environmental conditions (the formation of degradation products can often be accelerated by for instance increasing temperature). The amount of each individual degradation product is often determined by separation of the degradation products depending on molecule size and/or charge using various chromatography techniques (e.g. SEC-HPLC and/or RP-HPLC). Hence, as outlined above, a "stabilized composition" refers to a composition with increased physical stability, increased chemical stability or increased physical and chemical stability. In general, a composition must be stable during use and storage (in compliance with recommended use and storage conditions) until the expiration date is reached.
In one embodiment of the invention the pharmaceutical composition comprising the GH conjugate is stable for more than 6 weeks of usage and for more than 3 years of storage. In another embodiment of the invention the pharmaceutical composition comprising the GH conjugate is stable for more than 4 weeks of usage and for more than 3 years of storage.
In a further embodiment of the invention the pharmaceutical composition comprising the GH conjugateis stable for more than 4 weeks of usage and for more than two years of storage.
In an even further embodiment of the invention the pharmaceutical composition comprising the GH conjugate is stable for more than 2 weeks of usage and for more than two years of storage.
All references, including publications, patent applications, and patents, cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety and to the same extent as if each reference were individually and specifically indicated to be incorporated by reference and were set forth in its entirety herein (to the maximum extent permitted by law).
All headings and sub-headings are used herein for convenience only and should not be construed as limiting the invention in any way.
The use of any and all examples, or exemplary language (e.g., "such as") provided herein, is intended merely to better illuminate the invention and does not pose a limitation on the scope of the invention unless otherwise claimed. No language in the specification should be construed as indicating any non-claimed element as essential to the practice of the invention.
The citation and incorporation of patent documents herein is done for convenience only and does not reflect any view of the validity, patentability, and/or enforceability of such patent documents.
This invention includes all modifications and equivalents of the subject matter recited in the claims appended hereto as permitted by applicable law.
EXAMPLES
HPLC-Methods:
Method 02-B1 -2:
The RP-analyses was performed using an Alliance Waters 2695 system fitted with a
Waters 2487 dualband detector. UV detections at 214nm and 254nm were collected using a
Symmetry300 C18 , 5 urn, 3.9 mm x 150 mm column, 42 0C. The compounds are eluted with a linear gradient of 0-60% acetonitrile in water which is buffered with 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid over 15 minutes at a flow-rate of 1.0 min/min.
Method 02-B4-4:
The RP-analyses was performed using an Alliance Waters 2695 system fitted with a Waters 2487 dualband detector. UV detections at 214nm and 254nm were collected using a Symmetry300 C18 , 5 urn, 3.9 mm x 150 mm column, 42 0C. The compounds are eluted with a linear gradient of 5-95% acetonitrile in water which is buffered with 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid over 15 minutes at a flow-rate of 1.0 min/min.
Method 03-B1 -1 :
The RP-analysis was performed using a Waters 2690 systems fitted with a Waters 996 diode array detector. UV detections were collected at 214, 254, 276, and 301 nm on a 218TP54 4.6 mm x 250 mm 5μ C-18 silica column (The Seperations Group, Hesperia), which was eluted at 1 ml/min at 420C. The column was equilibrated with 5% acetonitrile, which was buffered with 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid, in a 0.1 % aqueous solution of trifluoroacetic acid in water. After injection, the sample was eluted by a gradient of 0% to 90% acetonitrile, which was buffered with 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid, in a 0.1 % aqueous solution of trifluoroacetic acid in water during 50 min.
Mass spectra for peptides were obtained on an Agilent 1 100 Series in the range of 500-1800 Da or on Perkin Elmer PE AP1 100 in the range of 500-2000 Da. Typically the found signals for m/z correspond to a series of any of z = 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. MALDI-TOF spectra were obtained on a Bruker Daltonix autoflex.
Following abbreviations are used:
Fmoc:
DMSO: Dimethylsulfoxide CHCA: 4-Hydroxy-alpha-cyanocinnamic acid
HEPES
EDTA:
CPY: Carboxypeptidase Y. PMSF: Phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride.
The transacylating compound, e.g. the compound of the formula
and the conjugating moiety, Y-E-PEG may either be acquired commercially or synthesized according to the following guidelines in general methods below.
General Method (A):
A compound of the general formula
wherein R' and R" independently represents C^salkylene, C2-i5alkenylene, C2-i5alkynylene, Ci-isheteroalkylene, C2-i5heteroalkenylene, C2-i5heteroalkynylene, wherein one or more ho- mocyclic aromatic compound biradical or heterocyclic compound biradical may be inserted, may be prepared from a suitable amino acid methyl ester which is protected at the alpha- amino group by a suitable protecting group PG as described in the literature (e.g. T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York)
by an acylation method, e.g. using an suitable acid, in which X may or may not be protected by a suitable protective group, as described in the literature (e.g. T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York)
and a coupling reagent such as e.g. 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole, 3,4-dihydro-3- hydroxybenzotriazin-4-one or 7-azabenzotriazole in combination with e.g. a carbodiimide such as e.g. diisopropylcarbodiimide or 1 -(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride in the presence or absence of a suitable base such as e.g. triethylamine or ethyldiisopropylamine to form the ester of type
The ester may be transformed into the corresponding amide by reaction with e.g. ammonia in a suitable solvent or mixture of solvents such as e. g. water or Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide.
The removal of all protective groups may be performed in one or several steps by methods as described in the literature (e.g. T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York)
As defined in General Method (A)
Amino acid methyl esters are generally commercially available, or they may be synthesized by well-known methods.
General Method (B):
A compound of the general formula
wherein R' and R" are defined as above, may be prepared from a suitable amino acid methyl ester which is protected at the alpha-amino group by a suitable protecting group PG, as described in the literature (e.g. T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York)
by an alkylation of the aromatic hydroxyl group using an suitable alcohol, in which X may or may not be protected by a suitable protective group, as described in the literature (e.g. T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York)
under conditions which effect alkylation, as described in the literature, e.g. Mitsunobu conditions such as e.g. triphenylphosphine and ethyl azodicarboxylate to form the ester of type
The ester may be transformed into the corresponding amide by reaction with e.g. ammonia in a suitable solvent or mixture of solvents such as e. g. water or Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide.
The removal of all protective groups may be performed in one or several steps by methods as described in the literature (e.g. T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York)
As defined in General Method (B)
General Method (C): A compound of the general formula
wherein R' and R" are defined as above, may be prepared from a suitable amino acid methyl ester which is protected at the alpha-amino group by a suitable protecting group PG, as and described in the literature, e.g. in T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York)
in which the anion of LG' is a suitable leaving group such as halogenide or sulfonate and X may or may not be protected by a suitable protective group as described in the literature, e.g. in T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York. The reaction may take place under basic conditions, applying bases such as e.g. potassium carbonate, diazabicylo[5,4,0]undec-5-ene, or tert- butyltetramethyluanidine at a suitable temperature, typically between -780C and 2000C
The ester may be transformed into the corresponding amide by reaction with e.g. ammonia in a suitable solvent or mixture of solvents such as e. g. water or Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide.
The removal of all protective groups may be performed in one or several steps by methods as described in the literature, e.g. in T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York
As defined in General Method (C)
General Method (D):
A compound of the general formula
wherein R' and R" are defined as above, may be prepared from a suitable acid which is protected at the alpha-amino group by a suitable protecting group PG, as described in the literature, e.g. in T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York
by reaction with a suitable primary or secondary amine, in which X may or may not be protected by a suitable protecting group, using acylation conditions known to a person skilled in the art e.g. a coupling reagent such as e.g. 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole, 3,4-dihydro-3- hydroxybenzotriazin-4-one or 7-azabenzotriazole in combination with e.g. a carbodiimide such as e.g. diisopropylcarbodiimide or 1 -(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hy-
drochloride in the presence or absence of a suitable base such as e.g. triethylamine or ethyldiisopropylamine to form an amide
The removal of all protective groups may be performed in one or several steps as described in the literature, T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York
As defiend in general Method (D)
General Method (E): Synthesis of ketogroup-containing amino acid amides from cysteine
A conveniently N-protected cysteine derivative (for instance an ester, N-(2,4- dimethoxybenzyl)amide or N-bis(cyclopropyl)methyl amide) or conveniently N-protected cys- teine amide is treated with a carbonyl-group-containing alkylating agent (R50CO(CH2)nLG", LG" = leaving group for nucleophilic displacement selected from halogen, sulfonate (-0-SO2- R51), dialkylsulfonium, phenyliodonium, or hydroxy, wherein R51 represents Ci-6alkyl, partially or completely fluorinated d-6alkyl, or aryl, optionally substituted with alkyl, halogen, nitro, cyano, or acetamido, and R50 represents hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, said aryl or het- eroaryl being optionally substituted once or several times with d-6alkoxy, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, acyl, alkyl, or nitro, under suitable reaction conditions to yield an S-alkylated cysteine derivative. This derivative is converted into an amino acid amide by conversion of the acid derivative into an amide and deprotection of the alpha-amino group. Suitable N-protecting
groups are for instance trityl, phthaloyl, or alkoxycarbonyl groups, such as tert- butyloxycarbonyl
General method (F): Synthesis of ketogroup-containing amino acid amides from as- partic or glutamic acid
Aspartic or glutamic acids can be selectively protected by treatment of an N-alkoxycarbonyl derivative with formaldehyde, to yield cyclic esters as shown below:
These derivatives, in which R60 represents terf-butyl, benzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, allyl, 2- (trimethylsilyl)ethyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, or benzhydryl, can be converted to protected, ke- tone-containing amino acid derivatives by activation of the carboxylic acid (LvG representing halogen, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy) and reaction with a carbon nucleophile R80-M1, in which R80 represents alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, said aryl or heteroaryl being optionally substituted once or several times with d-6alkoxy, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, acyl, alkyl, or nitro, and in which M1 represents an alkali metal, Mg, Zn, Ti, Zr, Mn, Cu, Ce, or Ca, optionally in the pres- ence of a suitable catalyst. Reaction of the product with ammonia and deprotection will yield the desired amino acid amide
Similarly, reaction of N-alkoxycarbonyl pyroglutamic acid esters, in which R70 represents tert- butyl, benzyl, 2-chlorobenzyl, allyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, or benzhydryl, and R80 represents lower alkyl, with nucleophilic carbon reagents can yield protected, keto- group-containing amino acid derivatives. Reaction of the product with ammonia and deprotection will yield the desired amino acid amide:
Similarly, suitably N-protected glutamic acid diesters as those shown below, in which R90 represents lower alkyl, can be selectively acylated at carbon to yield, after hydrolysis and decarboxylation, protected derivatives of keto-group-containing amino acids, which can be converted into amino acid amides using standard procedures
base
General Method (G)
A compound of the general formula
wherein R'" represents Ci-i5alkylene, C2-i5alkenylene, C2-i5alkynylene, Ci-i5heteroalkylene, C2-i5heteroalkenylene, C2-i5heteroalkynylene, wherein one or more homocyclic aromatic
compound biradical or heterocyclic compound biradical may be inserted and wherein G3 is a bond or a linker, may be prepared from a suitable protected primary or secondary amine
in which PG may be a suitable protection group, as described in the literature, e.g. in T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York, and wherein the anion of LG'" is a leaving group, such as e.g. halo- genide or sulfonate. This amine is reacted with a suitable protected hydroxylamine
wherein PG' is a protecting group, which is chosen in a way that PG can be removed from an amine without removal of PG' from the hydroxylamine. Examples for that can be found in the literature, e.g. in T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York. The two components are reacted under basic conditions such as e.g. sodium hydride at a suitable temperature such as e.g -780C to 2000C.
The protecting group of the amine may be removed selectively with a method described in the literature
The amine may be acylated with a suitable acid and a coupling reagent such as e.g. 1 - hydroxybenzotriazole, 3,4-dihydro-3-hydroxybenzotriazin-4-one or 7-azabenzotriazole in combination with e.g. a carbodiimide such as e.g. diisopropylcarbodiimide or 1 -(3- dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride in the presence or absence of a suitable base such as e.g. triethylamine or ethyldiisopropylamine, or with an active ester of a suitable acid such as e.g. 2,5-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ester, to give an amide.
Finally, the protecting group of the hydroxylamine may be removed by a method described in the literature, e.g. in T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York
General method (H)
A compound of the general formula
wherein G3 is a bond or a linker may be prepared from a suitable ester, in which Rιv is Ci ioalkyl in a suitable solvent such as ethanol by addition of hydrazine hydrate.
General Method (J) Transacylation reaction
At a suitable temperature such as e.g. 5-5O0C or room temperature, a solution of GH-XX-AIa, (final concentration 0.01 -1 OmM) and the nucleophile in question (final concentration 10mM-2M) is dissolved or suspended in water containing low concentrations of EDTA. Organic solvents may be added to improve the solubility of the reactants. The mix- ture may be buffered to a suitable pH-value such as e.g. between pH 1 and pH 14, between e.g. between pH 3.5 and pH 9, between pH 6 and pH 8.5, with a suitable buffer such as e.g. phosphate buffer or HEPES, or the pH can be maintained by addition of base or acid. Car- boxypeptidase Y is added to the said mixture of peptide and nucleophile. The reaction may be stopped after a suitable time e.g. between 5 min and 10 days, by changing temperature or pH-value, by adding organic solvents, by addition of an inhibitor of CPY, such as e.g. phenylmethane sulfonyl fluoride, or by dialysis or gel filtration.
General Method (K) oxime formation
An oxime moiety may be formed by dissolving the transacylated peptide in question, in which Rv may be a substituted or undsubstituted aromatic ring, a substituted or an unsub- stituted heteroaromatic ring, hydrogen, or Ci-iOalkyl, in water. Organic solvents may be added to increase solubility. The solution is buffered to a suitable pH-value such as e.g. between pH O and pH 14, between pH 3 and pH 6, or pH 5 and kept at a suitable temperature such as e.g. 0-600C. The hydroxylamine in question is added, and oxime moiety is fomed according to the reaction scheme below
General method (L) Hydrazone formation
Hydrazone formation (I)
An hydrazone moiety is formed by dissolving the transacylated peptide in question, in which Rvι may be a substituted or undsubstituted aromatic ring, a substituted or an unsubstituted heteroaromatic ring, hydrogen, or Ci_iOalkyl, in water. The solution is buffered to a suitable pH-value such as e.g. between pH 2 and pH 14 or between pH 0 and pH 4 and kept at a suitable temperature such as e.g. 0-600C. The hydrazide in question is added, whereby the hydrazone is formed
General method (M) Isoxazole formation
An isoxazole can be formed by reaction between a nitril-oxide and an alkyne. The nitril-oxide is formed by addition of a suitable oxidation-reagent such as e.g. bleach to an excess of a suitable oxime. A solution of an excess of the freshly formed nitrile-oxide may be added to the peptide in question.
General method (N) Triazole formation
A triazole can be formed by reaction between an azide which is attached to PEG and an alkyne, which is attached to the growth hormone in question, in the presence of Cu(l)-ions in a suitable solvent such as water or a mixture of water and an organic solvent such as e.g. acetonitrile. The triazole may be formed in two possible regioisomers.
General method (O) Triazole formation
A triazole can be formed by reaction between an alkyne which is attached to PEG and an azide, which is attached to the growth hormone in question, in the presence of Cu(l)-ions in a suitable solvent such as water or a mixture of water and an organic solvent such as e.g. acetonitrile. The triazole may be formed in two possible regioisomers.
General Method (P) Amide Formation
An amide can be regioselectively formed by reaction of an azide, which is covalently attached to growth hormone with an ester, containing a triphenylphosphine-moiety as it is described in e.g. Tetrahedron Lett. 2003, 44, 4515-4518.
General Method (Q) Amide Formation
An amide can be regioselectively formed by reaction of an azide, which is covalently attached to growth hormone with a thioester, containing a diphenylphosphine-moiety as it is described in e.g. J. Org. Chem. 2002, 67, 4993-4996.
General Method (R) Arylalkyne Formation
An arylalkyne can be formed by reaction between an alkyne, which is covalently attached to a growth hormone and a haloaryl compound in the presence of a palladium catalyst, which is water-soluable, as described in e. g. Bioconjugate Chemistry, 2004, 15, 231 -234. The haloaryl compound may be exchanged with the corresponding aryl trifluorosulfonate.
An arylalkyne might be formed by reaction between a haloaryl-moiety, which is covalently attached to a growth hormone and an alkyne in the presence of a palladium catalyst, which is water-soluable, as described in e. g. Bioconjugate Chemistry, 2004, 15, 231 -234. Instead of the haloaryl-moiety a trifluorosulfonyloxyaryl-moiety, which is attached to a peptide may be used as well.
General Method (T)
A compound of the general formula
wherein R' and R" are as defined above may be prepared from a suitable amino acid, which is protected at the alpha-amino group, with an acid-labile protecting group PG1 such as e.g. BOC or trityl, and which is protected at the omega-amino group with a base-labile protecting group PG2 such as e.g. Fmoc. The acid may be attached to a Rink-amide resin using standard coupling conditions known to a person skilled in the art, such as e. g. use of a carbodiimide e.g. diisopropylcarbodiimide in the presence or absence of a reagent such as e.g. 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole, 1 -hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole or 3,4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-4-oxo- 1 ,2,3-benzotriazin and in the presence or absence of a base such as e.g. triethylamine or ethyldiisopropylamine. The protecting group at the omega-amine PG2, may be removed under basic conditions described for the particular protecting group in the literature such as
e. g. T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York.
An acid can be attached to the omega amino moiety using standard coupling conditions, such as e. g. use of a carbodiimide e.g. diisopropylcarbodiimide in the presence or absence of a reagent such as e.g. 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole, 1 -hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole or 3,4- dihydro-3-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,2,3-benzotriazin and in the presence or absence of a base such as e.g. triethylamine or ethyldiisopropylamine. The intermediate may be cleaved from the solid support under acidic conditions such as e.g. trifluoroacetic acid or a 20-70% solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane to give the desired aminamide.
A compound of the general formula
wherein R' and R" are defined as above, may be prepared from a suitable amino acid, which is protected with an acid labile protecting group PG1, such as e. g. Boc or trityl, which is reacted with an excess of ammonia in the presence of a coupling reagent, such as e.g. a carbodiimide e.g. diisopropylcarbodiimide in the presence or absence of a reagent such as e.g. 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole, 1 -hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole or 3,4-dihydro-3- hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,2,3-benzotriazin.
The phenolic hydroxyl group may be alkylated with a suitable halogenide or sulfonate, in which Ra is any suitable substituted alkyl or aryl radical, in the presence of a suitable base such as e.g. potassium carbonate or tetramethylguanidine. The protecting group PG1 may be removed from the alpha amino acid under acidic conditions and described in the literature for the particular protecting group chosen e. g. in T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective groups in organic synthesis, 2nd ed., 1991 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York, to give the desired amino amide.
General Method (V) PEG-reagent
A reagent of the general formula
is E, as defined above, may be prepared from a suitable acid, which may be activated by reaction with a suitable reagent or a combination of reagents, such as e.g. 2-succinimido-1 ,1 ,3,3,-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TSTU) in a suitable solvent such as e.g. Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide. The activated acid e.g. the obtained 2,5-dioxopyrrodin-1 yl ester of said acid may be reacted with commercially available PEG-reagents, which are functionalized with a primary amine, op- tionally in the presence of a suitable base such as e.g. ethyldiisopropylamine or triethyl- amine.
General Method (W) PEG-reagent
A reagent of the general formula
may be prepared from a commercially available succinimidyl ester
which is reacted with a suitable amine
optionally in the presence of a base such as e.g. an amine-base, such as e.g. triethylamine or ethyldiisopropylamine.
Example 1 Λ/-(4-Aminoxybutyl)-4-(mPEG20000yloxy)butanolyamide
Step 1 : 2-(4-(tert-Butoxycarbonylaminoxy)butyl)isoindole-1 ,3-dione
To a mixture of commercially available N-(4-bromobutyl)phthalimide (2.82g, 10 mmol) and N-Boc-hydroxylamine (2.08 g, 15.6 mmol) was added acetonitrile (2 ml) and successively 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (2.25 ml, 15 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min and then at 5O0C for 2 days. It was diluted with a mixture of water (30 ml) and 1 N hydrochloric acid (20 ml). It was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 ml). The organic phase was washed with brine (50 ml) and was dried over magnesium sulphate. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica (60 g), using a gradient of heptane/ethyl acetate 1 :0 to 0:1 as eluent to give 2.08 g of 2-(4-(tert- butoxycarbonylaminoxy)butyl)isoindole-1 ,3-dione.
Step 2:
Λ/-(4-aminobutoxy)carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
Hydrazine hydrate (1 .0 ml, 20 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-(4-(tert- butoxycarbonylaminoxy)butyl)isoindole-1 ,3-dione (2.08 g, 6.22 mmol) in ethanol (8.0 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at 8O0C for 65 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The
residue was dissolved in toluene (10 ml) and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was suspended in 1 N hydrochloric acid (10 ml). The precipitation was removed by filtration and was washed with water (2 ml). The filtrate and the wash-liquids were combined and made basic with potassium carbonate. The solution was extracted with dichloromethane (4 x 20 ml). The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give 0.39 g of Λ/-(4-aminobutoxy)carbamic acid tert-butyl ester. Potassium carbonate (3 g) was added to the aqueous phase, which was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 20 ml). These combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give another 0.39 g of Λ/-(4-aminobutoxy)carbamic acid tert-butyl ester.
Step 3:
Λ/-(4-(4-(mPEG20000yloxy)butanolyamino)butoxy)carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
The commercially available Λ/-hydroxysuccinimide ester of mPEG2000yloxybutanoic acid (Nektar "mPEG-SBA", # 2M450P01 , 3 g, 0.15 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (25 ml). Λ/-(4-Aminobutoxy)carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (0.12 g, 0.59 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken at room temperature. Diethyl ether was added until a precipitation was obtained. The precipitation was isolated by filtration. The material was dried in vacuo to yield 2.39 g of Λ/-(4-(4-(mPEG20000yl)butanolyamino)butoxy)carbamic acid tert- butyl ester.
Step 4:
Λ/-(4-Aminoxybutyl)-4-(mPEG20000yloxy)butanolyamide
(mPEG20000yl)butanolyamino)butoxy)carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (2.39 g, 0.12 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 ml). The reaction mixture was shaken for 30 min. Diethyl ether (100 ml) was added. The formed precipitation was isolated by filtration. It was washed with diethyl ether (2 x 100 ml) and dried in vacuo to give 1 .96 g of Λ/-(4-aminoxybutyl)-4- (mPEG20000yl)butanolyamide
Example 2 (2S)-2-(N-(hGHyl)leucinylamino)-3-(4-((1-(10-(N- (mPEG20000yl)carbamoyl)decyl)triazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)propionamide
Step 1 :
Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (15 g, 69 mmol) was added to a solution of the hydrochloride salt of tyrosine amide (15 g, 69 mmol) in dioxane (140 ml) and a 1 N aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (140 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at room temperature. It was diluted with a 10% aqueous solution of sodium hydrogensulphate (200 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 200 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate (100 ml) and dried over magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (400 g), using a mixture of dichloromethane/methanol (10:1 ) to give 8.17 g of [(S)-I -carbamoyl-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester.
MS: m/z = 303 (M + Na)+.
1H-NMR (DMSOd6): δ 1 .31 (s 9 H); 2.80 (dd, 1 H); 2.83 (dd, 1 H); 4.00 (m, 1 H); 6.62 (d, 2 H); 6.70 (d, 1 H); 6.97 (br, 1 H); 7.03 (d, 2 H); 7.31 (br, 1 H); 9.14 (s, 1 H).
Step 2:
[(S)-I -Carbamoyl-2-(4-(prop-2-ynyloxy)phenyl)ethyl]carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
A mixture of of [(S)-I -carbamoyl-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1 .0 g, 3.57 mmol), tetrabutylammonium iodide (65 mg, 0.17 mmol), potassium carbonate (3.94 g, 29 mmol), propargyl bromide (0.38 ml, 4.28 mmol) and N, N- dimethylformamide (15 ml) was heated to 6O0C for 16 h. It was cooled to room temperature,
diluted with water (30 ml) and acidified with a 10% aqueous solution of sodium hydrogensulphate. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate (200 ml) and dried over magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (100 g), using a mixture of dichloromethane/methanol (10:1 ) as eluent, to give 998 mg of [(S)-I -crbamoyl-2-(4-(prop-2- ynyloxy)phenyl)ethyl]carbamic acid tert-butyl ester.
MS: m/z = 341 (M + Na)+. 1H-NMR (DMSOd6) δ 1 .31 (s, 9 H); 2.50 (s, 1 H); 2.67 (dd, 1 H); 2.91 (dd, 1 H); 4.03 (m, 1 H); 4.74 (s, 2 H); 6.77 (d, 1 H); 6.86 (d, 2 H); 6.99 (s, 1 H), 7.17 (d, 2 H); 7.35 (s, 1 H).
Step3:
(2S)-2-Amino-3-(4-(prop-2-ynyloxy)phenyl)propionamide
Trifluoroacetic acid (10 ml) was added to a solution of [(S)-I -crbamoyl-2-(4-(prop-2- ynyloxy)phenyl)ethyl]carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (998 mg, 3.13 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 .5 h at room temperature. The solvent was removed. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (30 ml). The solvent was removed. The latter procedure was repeated twice to give 1.53 g of the trifluoroacetate salt of (2S)-2- amino-3-(4-(prop-2-ynyloxy)phenyl)propionamide.
HPLC (method 02-B4-4): Rf = 5.62 min. MS: m/z = 219 (M + I )+.
1H-NMR (CDCI3) δ 2.51 (s, 1 H); 3.02 (m, 2 H); 3.90 (m, 1 H); 4.78 (s, 2 H); 6.95 (d, 2 H); 7.20 (d, 2 H); 7.56 (s, 1 H); 7.87 (s, 1 H); 8.10 (br, 3 H).
Step 4:
1 1 -Azidoundecanoic acid 2,5-dioxopyrroldin-1 -yl ester
Λ/,Λ/,Λ/',Λ/'-Tetramethyl-0-(Λ/-succiπimidyl)uranium tetrafluoroborate (1.32 g, 4.40 mmol) was added to a solution of 1 1 -azidoundecanoic acid (1.00 g, 4.40 mmol) and triethylamine (0.61 ml, 4.40 mmol) in Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide (10 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. It was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 ml) and washed with water (3 x 50 ml). The organic phase was dried over sodium sulphate. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give 1 .40 g of crude 11 -azidoundecanoic acid 2,5-dioxopyrroldin-1 -yl ester, which was used in the next steps without further purification.
MS: m/z = 347 [M+Na+]
1H-NMR (CDCI3): δ 1 .35 (m, 12 H); 1.60 (quintett, 2 H); 1.75 (quintett, 2 H); 2.60 (t, 2 H); 1 .85 (m, 4 H); 3.25 (t, 2 H).
Step 5:
1 1 -AzidoundecanoylaminomPEG20kDa
A solution of 1 1 -azidoundecanoic acid 2,5-dioxopyrroldin-1 -yl ester (227 mg, 0.7 mmol) was added to a solution of commercially available mPEG20000DA-amine (Nektar 2M2U0P01 , 5.00 g, 0.25 mmol) and triethylamine (0.174 ml, 1 .25 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. Ether (800 ml) was added. The formed precipitation was isolated by filtration and washed with ether (2 x 100 ml). It was dried in vacuo to give 4.58 g of 11 -azidoundecanoylaminomPEG20kDa.
Step 6:
(S)-3-(4-(propargyloxy)phenyl)-2-((S)-2-hGHylleucinylamino)propionamide
At room temperature a aqueous solution of CPY (200 U/ml, 1 U, 0.005 ml) was added to a solution of hGH-Leu-Ala (1 mg, 45 nmol) and the trifluoroacetate salt of (2S)-2- Amino-3-(4-(prop-2-ynyloxy)phenyl)propionamide (5.2 mg, 0.157 mmol) in a buffer (0.090 ml) consisting of 0.25 M HEPES and 5 mM EDTA, which was adjusted with an aqueous 1 N sodium hydroxide solution to pH 8.02. After 4.5 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (0.800 ml). A freshly prepared solution of phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride (0.32 mg, 1808 nmol) in isopropanol (0.900 ml) was added.
MALDI-MS (CHCA): 1 1202 (M2+)
The products of three runs were taken into a 50 mM TRIS-buffer, which was adjusted with 1 N hydrochloric acid to pH 8.5. They were purified by chromatography on a monoQ column (1 ml), using a gradient of 0-50% of a buffer consisting of 2.0 M sodium chloride and 50 mM TRIS, which was adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid in a buffer of 50 mM TRIS-buffer, which was adjusted with 1 N hydrochloric acid to pH 8.5, at a flowrate of 0.5 ml/min to give (S)-3-(4-(propargyloxy)phenyl)-2-((S)-2- hGHylleucinylamino)propionamide. MALDI (CHCA): 22454 (M+); 1 1238 (M2+)
Step 7: A solution of L-(+)-ascorbic acid (2 mg, 0.008 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (0.003 ml) in water (0.125 ml) was added to a solution of copper sulphate pentahydrate (0.55 mg) in water (0.125 ml). The solution was kept at room temperature for 5 min. 0.25 ml of this solution was added to another solution, which had been prepared by mixing of a solution of (S)-3-(4-
(propargyloxy)phenyl)-2-((S)-2-hGHylleucinylamino)propionamide (0.5 mg, 22 nmol) and 2,6- lutidine (0.001 ml) in water (0.05 ml) and a solution of 11 - azidoundecanoylaminomPEG20kDa (4.51 mg, 223 mmol) in water. The reaction mixture was kept at room temperature for 21 h. The SDS-gel showed the formation of a product with a virtual molecular weight of approx. 65 kDa, in accordance with the expectation for a PEGylated product, since it is known, that pegylated compounds show in SDS-gels higher molecular weights than calculated.
Example 3 (S)-2-((hGHIeucinyl)amino)-6-(4-(1 -(4-(4-(2O kDa mPE-
Gyl)butanoylamino)butoxyimino)ethyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide
Stepi :
CPY-catalyzed transpeptidation of hGH-Leu-Ala with 4-acetyl-N-((5S)-5-amino-5- carbamoylpentyl)benzamide:
To a solution of hGH-Leu-Ala (20mg, 0.5mM final concentration) in H2O:diisopropylamine (100:1 v/v, 0.6ml), was added 4-acetyl-N-((5S)-5-amino-5- carbamoylpentyl)benzamide (127mg, 175mM final concentration) in solution in HEPES buffer 25OmM pH8.5 containing 5mM EDTA (0.97ml). The pH is adjusted to 8.2 by addition of sodium hydroxide (10M in water). The reaction volume was adjusted to 1 .77ml by addition of HEPES buffer 25OmM pH8.5 containing 5mM EDTA. The reaction was started by addition of the enzyme (Fluka #21943) in solution in water (10U/ml final concentration). The reaction mixture was incubated at 3O0C.
The reaction was monitored by capillary electrophoresis.
CE analysis method: The capillary electrophoresis was performed using a Hewlett Packard 3D CE system equipped with a diode array detector.
The fused silica capillary (Agilent) used had a total length of 64.5, an effective length of 56cm and an ID of 50μm. Samples were injected by pressure at 50mbar for 4s. Separations were carried out at 3O0C, under a tension of +25kV, using phosphate buffer 5OmM pH7 as electrolyte. The analysis was monitored at 200nm. Between runs, an acidic and a basic wash were performed: the capillary was rinsed with water for 2min, then with phosphoric acid 0.1 M for 2min, then with water for 2min; this was followed by rinsing with sodium hydroxyde 0.1 M for 3min, and water for 2min, before equilibrating the the capillary with the electrolyte.
MALDI-TOF analysis method: The compounds present in the reaction mixture were identified by MALDI-TOF, using α-cyano-4-hydroxy-cinnamic acid as the matrix: m/z= 11 156 hGH-Leu-Ala (M+2H)2+ m/z= 11257 (S)-2-((hGHIeucinyl)amino)5-carbamoylpentyl) 4-acetyl benzamide (M+2H)2+ m/z= 11 120 hGH-Leu (M+2H)2+
When the yield of transpeptidated product reached >80%, the reaction was stopped by inactivating the enzyme with PMSF (10OmM in solution in dry isopropanol, final concentration 2mM). After dilution in Tris, HCI buffer 5OmM pH8.5, the excess of reagent was eliminated by ultrafiltration (Millipore Amicon Ultra 1 OkD MW) followed by gel filtration on Sephadex G25 (Amersham).
The solution obtained was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 2:
Oximation with N-(4-aminoxybutyl)-4-(20 kDa mPEGyloxy)butanoic amide:
To an aliquot of the solution obtained in the first step (850μl), containing about 16mg of transpeptidation product (about 0.7μmole), was added neat acetic acid to adjust the pH to 4. The mixture was then put on ice before NMP (750μl) was added (final concentration 25% v/v). The mixture was put at ambiant temperature again, and added to (4-aminoxybutyl)-4- (20 kDa mPEGyloxy)butanoic amide (425mg, 21 μmoles) in solution in acetate buffer 5OmM pH4 (0.9ml). The reaction mixture was diluted twice by addition of acetate buffer 5OmM pH4.
The reaction mixture was put at 3O0C under nitrogen for 24h.
The reaction was followed by HPLC: HPLC method:
The analysis was performed using an Agilent 1 100 HPLC system equipped with a diode array detector. The column used was a reverse phase Vydac C18 (218TP53) 250x4.6. The elution was performed with the following eluents: A: H2O/TFA 0.1% and B: ACN/TFA 0.1%, with a gradient from 10 to 91% B over 27min, with a flow of 1 ml/min. The analysis was performed at 4O0C, and the detection was done at 214, 254, and 280nm.
Rt of (S)-2-((hGHIeucinyl)amino)5-carbamoylpentyl) 4-acetyl benzamide: 19.6min Rt of hGH-Leu: 19.6min
Rt of the product (S)-2-((hGHIeucinyl)amino)-6-(4-(1 -(4-(4-(20 kDa mPE- Gyl)butanoylamino)butoxyimino)ethyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide: 18.6min
An SDS gel run after 24h showed the formation of the pegylated derivative with an estimated yield of 60%.
Example 4 4-Acetyl-N-((5S)-5-amino-5-carbamoylpentyl)benzamide
Rink-amide-resin (loading: 0.43 mmol/g, 6.66 g, 2.86 mmol) was swelled with dichloromethane (50 ml). The solvent was removed. A 20% solution of piperidine in N- methylpyrrolidinone was added (50 ml). The reactor was shaken for 20 min. The liquid was removed. The resin was washed with Λ/-methylpyrrolidinone (3 x 50 ml) and dichloromethane (5 x 50 ml). A solution of BOC-Lys(FMOC)-OH (5.37 g, 1 1.5 mmol) in Λ/-methylpyrrolidinone (50 ml) and a solution of 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole (1 .75 g, 1 1 .5 mmol) in N- methylpyrrolidinone (20 ml) were added successively. Diisopropylcarbodiimide (1 .79 ml, 11 .5 mmol) and ethyldiisopropylamine (1.96 ml, 1 1.5 mmol) were added. The reactor was shaken at room temperature for 16 h. The liquid was removed. The resin was washed with N- methylpyrrolidinone (3 x 50 ml) and dichloromethane (3 x 50 ml). A solution of 4- acetylbenzoic acid (2.82 g, 11 .5 mmol) in Λ/-methylpyrrolidinone (50 ml) and a solution of 1 - hydroxybenzotriazole (1.75 g, 1 1 .5 mmol) in Λ/-methylpyrrolidinone (20 ml) were added successively. Diisopropylcarbodiimide (1.79 ml, 11 .5 mmol) and ethyldiisopropylamine (1 .96 ml, 1 1 .5 mmol) were added. The reactor was shaken at room temperature for 16 h. The resin was washed with Λ/-methylpyrrolidinone (3 x 50 ml) and dichloromethane (3 x 50 ml). A solution of 50% of trifluoroacetic acid and 10% triisopropylsilane in dichloromethane (50 ml) was added to the resin. The reaction vessel was shaken for 1 h at room temperature. The liquid was collected. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in toluene (50 ml). The solvent was removed in vacuo.
The crude products of 6 runs of the procedure described above were combined. They were purified by HPLC-chromatography on a C18-reversed phase column, using a gradient of 3-23% of acetonitrile in water in a 0.1% buffer of trifluoroacetic acid to afford 1.07 g of the trifluoroacetic acid salt of 4-acetyl-N-((5S)-5-amino-5-carbamoylpentyl)benzamide.
MS: m/z = 292 (M+1 )+
HPLC (method 01 -B1 -2): 5.23 min
Example 5 Cloning, expression and purification of hGH-Leu-Ala A cloning strategy based on pNNC13, a pET1 1 a derived vector already containing
Zbasic2mt-D4K-hGH has been utilized. Using pNNC13 as template and a PCR primer set flanking the Sac Il and Bam HI restriction sites, a 628 bp amplicon has been generated encoding two additional amino acids (Leucine and Alanine) in the C-terminal end of hGH. This PCR amplicon was then cloned back into pNNC13 using the existing Sac Il and BamHI sited to generate pNNC13.4 encoding Zbasic2mt-D4K-hGH-Leu-Ala. The integrity of the resulting clones was confirmed by DNA sequencing of the coding region. See Figure 1 .
Escherichia coli BL21 (DE3) was transformed with pET11 a-Zbasic2mt-D4K-hGH- Leu-Ala. Single colony was inoculated into 100 ml LB media with 100 μg/ml Amp and grown at 370C until OD600 reaches 0.6. The cell culture temperature was reduced to 2O0C and the cells were induced with 1 mM IPTG for 6 hours at 2O0C. The cells were harvested by cen- trifugation at 300Og for 15 minutes.
The cell pellet was re-suspended in cell lysis buffer (25 mM Na2HPO4 25 mM NaH2PO4 pH 7, 5 mM EDTA, 0.1 % Triton X-100), and the cells were disrupted by cell disruption at 30 kpsi (Constant Cell Disruption Systems). The lysate was clarified by centrifugation at 10,000g for 35 minutes and the supernatant was used for purification.
Zbasic2mt-D4K-hGH-Leu-Ala was purified on SP Sepharose FF using a step gradient elution (buffer A: 25 mM Na2HPO4 25 mM NaH2PO4 pH 7; buffer B: 25 mM Na2HPO4 25 mM NaH2PO4 pH 7, 1 M NaCI). The protein was subsequently cleaved using Enteropepti- dase for the release of hGH-Leu-Ala. After digestion, hGH-Leu-Ala was further purified on a Butyl Sepharose 4FF column to separate the product from the Zbasic2mt-D4K domain and Enteropeptidase (buffer A: 100 mM Hepes pH 7.5, 2M NaCI; buffer B: 100 mM Hepes pH 7.5, a linear gradient was used).
As digestion is not complete, remaining Zbasic2mt-D4K-hGH-Leu-Ala has to be separated from hGH-Leu-Ala and this is done by loading the protein onto the SP Sepharose FF column again. Buffer exchange into 25 mM Na2HPO4 25 mM NaH2PO4 pH 7 is performed
on a Sephadex G-25 Medium column before purification on the SP Sepharose FF column. Zbasic2mt-D4K-hGH-l_eu-Ala binds to SP Sepharose FF whereas hGH-Leu-Ala is found in the flow through.
The final product of hGH-Leu-Ala is buffer exchanged and lyophilized from 50 mM NH4HCO3, pH 7.8.
Example 6: 4-Acetyl-N-((5S)-5-amino-5-carbamoylpentyl)benzamide
Step 1 :
((S)-5-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-5-(carbamoyl)pentyl)carbamic acid benzyl ester
2,5-Dioxopyrrolidin-1 -yl (S)-6-((benzyloxycarbonyl)amino)-2-((tert- butoxycarbonyl)amino)hexanoate (commercially available at e.g. Fluka or Bachem, 15. g, 31 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (50 ml). A 25% solution of ammonia in water was added. The reaction mixture was stirred vigorously for 16 h at room temperature. The solvent was removd in vacuo to yield 21 .27 g of crude ((S)-5-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-5- (carbamoyl)pentyl)carbamic acid benzyl ester, which was used in the next step without further purification.
1H-NMR (DMSOd6): δ 1 .2-1 .6 (m, 6 H); 1 .37 (s, 9 H); 2.95 (q, 2 H); 3.80 (td, 1 H); 5.00 (s, 2 H); 6.70 (d, 1 H); 6.90 (s, 1 H); 7.20-7.40 (m, 7 H).
MS: m/z = 280.
Step 2:
((S)-5-Amino-1 -(carbamoyl)pentyl)carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
Crude ((S)-5-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-5-(carbamoyl)pentyl)carbamic acid benzyl ester (1 1 .92 g, 31 .41 mmol) was suspended in methanol (250 ml). Palladium on coal (50% wet) 1 .67 g was added. The mixture was subjected to hydrogenation under pressure for 16 h. It was filtered through a plug of celite. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give 13.13 g of crude ((S)-5-amino-1 -(carbamoyl)pentyl)carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, which was used in the next step without further purification.
1H-NMR (DMSOd6): δ 1 .30-1 .60 (m, 6 H); 1 .37 (s, 9 H); 2.65 (t, 2 H); 3.80 (dt, 1 H); 5.70 (br, 2 H); 6.80 (d, 1 H); 6.95 (s, 1 H); 7.30 (s, 1 H).
Step 3:
4-Acetylbenzoic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1 -yl ester
2-Succinimido-1 ,1 ,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TSTU, 18.5 g, 60.9 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-acetylbenzoic acid (10.0 g, 60.9 mmol) and triethylamine (8.49 ml, 60.9 mmol) in Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide (50 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. It was diluted with ethyl acetate (400 ml) and washed with water (3 x 200 ml). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give 13.38 g of 4-acetylbenzoic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1 -yl ester.
1H-NMR (CDCI3): δ 2.67 (s, 3 H); 2.93 (s, 4 H); 8.05 (d, 2 H); 8.20 (d, 2 H).
MS: m/z = 284 (M+Na)+
Step 4:
4-Acetylbenzoic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1 -yl ester (8.21 g, 31 .4 mmol) was added to a suspension of crude ((S)-5-amino-1 -(carbamoyl)pentyl)carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (7.71 g, 31 .4 mmol) in Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide (200 ml). Ethyldiisopropylamine (16.14 ml, 94.3 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 days at room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo at 7O0C. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (50 ml). Trifluoroacetic acid (50 ml) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was taken up dichloromethane (200 ml). A 10% aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen sulphate (50 ml) was added. The mixture was extracted with water (200 ml). The aqueous phase was concentrated in vacuo to approximately 60 ml. It was divided into three parts. Each part was purified by HPLC- chormatography on a C18 reversed phase column, using a gradient of 0-20% of acetonitrile in water, which was buffered with 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid, to give together 8.00 g of the trifluoroacetic salt of 4-acetyl-N-((5S)-5-amino-5-carbamoylpentyl)benzamide.
1H-NMR (DMSOd6): δ 1 .35 (m, 2 H), 1 .55 (m, 2 H); 1 .75 (m, 2 H); 2.62 (s, 3 H); 3.30 (q, 2 H); 3.70 (m, 1 H); 7.55 (s, 1 H); 7.80 (s, 1 H) 7.95 (d, 2 H); 8.00 (d, 2 H); 8.00 (br, 3 H); 8.65 (t, 1 H).
MS: m/z = 292.
Example 7: (S)-2-Amino-6-(3-(azidomethyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide
Step 1 :
Methyl 3-(azidomethyl)benzoate
Sodium azide (5.68 g, 87 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 3- (bromometyl)benzoate (5.00 g, 22 mmol) in Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide (50 ml). Tetrabutylam- monium iodide (81 mg, 0.22 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 6O0C for 16 h. It was cooled to room temperature and given onto water (200 ml). This mixture was ex- tracted with ethyl acetate (400 ml). The organic layer was washed with water (3 x 200 ml) and successively dried over sodium sulphate. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give 4.11 go of crude methyl 3-(azidomethyl)benzoate, which was used without further purification.
MS: m/z = 192. 1H-NMR (CDCI3): δ 3.92 (s, 3 H); 4.40 (s, 2 H); 7.50 (m, 2 H); 8.00 (m, 2 H).
Step 2: 3-(Azidomethyl)benzoic acid
A solution of lithium hydroxide (3.81 g, 21.5 mmol) in water (25 ml) was added to a solution of crude methyl 3-(azidomethyl)benzoate (4.11 g, 21 .5 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (25 ml). Water and 1 ,4-dioxane was added until a clear solution was obtained. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at room temperature. An 1 N aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (100 ml) was added. The reaction mixture was washed with tert-butyl methyl ether (2 x 100 ml). The aqueous phase was acidified with a 10% aqueous solution of sodium hydrogensulphate. It was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 200 ml). The combined ethyl acetate phases were dried over magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give 3.68 g of crude 3-(azidomethyl)benzoic acid, which was used without further purification. MS: m/z = 150 1H-NMR (CDCI3): δ 4.57 (s, 3 H); 7.55 (m, 2 H); 8.00 (m, 2 H); 13.10 (br, 1 H).
Step 3:
Rink Amide-resin (Novabiochem 01 -64-0013, loading 0.70 mmol/g, 0.652 g, 2.7 mmol) was swelled in dichloromethane (50 ml). The solvent was removed. A 20% solution of piperidine in Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide (50 ml) was added. The mixture was shaken for 20 min at room temperature. The solvent was removed. The resin was washed with N- methylpyrrolidinone (3x 50 ml) and dichloromethane (5 x 50 ml). A solution of Boc-
Lys(FMOC)-OH (5.00 g, 10.7 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidinone (12.5 ml) and a solution of 1 - hydroxybenzotriazole (1.63 g, 10.7 mmol) were added successively to the resin. A solution of diisopropylcarbodiimide (1 .67 ml, 10.7 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 ml) was added. Ethyldiisopropylamine (1 .83 ml, 10.7 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken for 2 days at room temperature. The liquid was removed. The resin was washed with N- methylpyrrolidinone (3x 50 ml) and dichloromethane (5 x 50 ml). A 20% solution of piperidine in Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide (50 ml) was added. The mixture was shaken for 20 min at room temperature. The solvent was removed. The resin was washed with Λ/-methylpyrrolidinone (3x 50 ml) and dichloromethane (5 x 50 ml). A solution of the crude 3-(azidomethyl)benzoic acid (1.89 g, 10.7 mmol) in Λ/-methylpyrrolidinone (12.5 ml) and dichloromethane (12.5 ml) was added, followed by a solution of 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole (1 .63 g, 10.7 mmol) in N- methylpyrrolidinone (12.5 ml). A solution of diisopropylcarbodiimide (1 .67 ml, 10.7 mmol) in dichloromethane (12.5 ml) was added. Ethydiisopropylamine (1 .83 ml, 10.7 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken for 16 h at room temperature. The liquid was re- moved. The resin was washed with Λ/-methylpyrrolidinone (3x 50 ml) and dichloromethane (5 x 50 ml). A 50% solution of trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (20 ml) was added to the resin. Triisopropylsilane (5 ml) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken for 1 h at room temperature. The liquid was collected. The resin was washed with dichloromethane (30 ml). These two latter liquids were combined. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude prod- uct was purified by HPLC-chromatography on a C18-reversed-phase column, using a gradient of 13-33% acetonitrile in water, which was acidified by addition of 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid to give 300 mg of the trifluoroacetate salt of (S)-2-amino-6-(3- (azidomethyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide. MS: m/z = 305 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, trifluoroacetate salt): δ 1 .37 (m, 2 H); 1 .55 (m, 2 H); 1 .77 (m, 2
H); 3.28 (m, 2 H); 3.71 (t, 1 H); 4.53 (s, 2 H); 7.51 (m, 3 H); 7.84 (m, 3 H); 8.10 (br, 3 H); 8.54 (t, 1 H).
Example 8: Λ/-((S)-5-Amino-5-(carbamoyl)pentyl)-3-(aminooxymethyl)benzamide
Step 1 :
Methyl 3-(((tert-butoxycarbonyl)aminoxy)methyl)benzoate
Methyl 3-bromomethylbenzoate (10.0 g, 43.7 mmol) was dissolved in acetnitrile (50 ml). tert-Butyl N-hydroxycarbamate (8.72 g, 65.5 mmol) and 1 ,8-diazabicycloundec-7-ene (DBU, 9.79 ml, 65.48 mmol) were added successively. The reaction mixture was heated to 5O0C for 16 h. It was cooled to room temperature and diluted with water (200 ml) and con- centrated hydrochloric acid (25 ml). It was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 200 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (200 ml) and dried over sodium sulphate. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give 14.15 g of methyl 3-(((tert- butoxycarbonyl)aminoxy)methyl)benzoate, which was used without further purification.
1H-NMR (CDCI3): δ 1 .48 (s, 9 H); 3.91 (s, 3 H); 4.90 (s, 2 H); 7.45 (m, 2 H); 7.60 (d, 1 H); 8.00 (d, 1 H); 8.05 (s, 1 H).
MS: m/z = 183.
Step 2: 3-(((tert-Butoxycarbonyl)aminoxy)methyl)benzoic acid
Crude methyl 3-(((tert-butoxycarbonyl)aminoxy)methyl)benzoate (12.28 g, 43.6 mmol) was dissolved in dioxan (50 ml). A solution of lithium hydroxide (1 .26 g, 52.4 mmol) in
water (50 ml) was added. Dioxan and water were added until a clear solution was obtained. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. An 1 N aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (200 ml) was added. The aqueous solution was washed with tert-butyl methyl ether (2 x 200 ml). The aqueous phase was acidified by addition of a 10% aqueous solution of sodium hydrogensulphate. It was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 200 ml). The combined ethyl acetate layers were dried over sodium sulphate. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give 12.28 g of crude 3-(((tert-butoxycarbonyl)aminoxy)methyl)benzoic acid, which was used in the next step without further purification.
1H-NMR (CDCI3): δ 1 .49 (s, 9 H); 4.92 (s, 2 H); 7.50 (t, 1 H); 7.65 (br, 1 H); 7.65 (d, 1 H); 8.07 (d, 1 H); 8.12 (s, 1 H).
MS: m/z = 169.
Step 3:
2,5-Dioxopyrrolidine-1 yl 3-(((tert-butoxycarbonyl)aminoxy)methyl)benzoate
2-Succinimido-1 ,1 ,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TSTU, 16.71 g, 55.13 mmol) was added to a solution of crude 3-(((tert-butoxycarbonyl)aminoxy)methyl)benzoic acid (12.28 g, 45.94 mmol) and triethlyamine (7.68 ml, 55.13 mmol) in N, N- dimethylformamide (75 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. It was diluted with ethyl acetate (300 ml) and washed with water (3 x 150 ml). The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate (200 ml) and dried over sodium sulphate. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give 11 .04 g of crude 2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-1 yl 3-(((tert-butoxycarbonyl)aminoxy)methyl)benzoate, which was used without further purification. 1H-NMR (CDCI3): δ 1 .47 (s, 9 H); 2.91 (s, 4 H); 4.92 (s, 2 H); 7.28 (s, 1 H); 7.53 (t, 1
H); 7.75 (d, 1 H); 8.10 (d, 1 H); 8.15 (s, 1 H). MS: m/z = 265
Step 4: A solution of crude 2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-1 yl 3-(((tert- butoxycarbonyl)aminoxy)methyl)benzoate (11 .45 g, 31 .41 mmol) in Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide
(100 ml) was added to a solution of ((S)-5-amino-1 -(carbamoyl)pentyl)carbamic acid tert- butyl ester (7.71 g, 31 .41 mmol) in Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide (50 ml). Ethyldiisopropylamine (16.13 ml, 94.23 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo at 7O0C. The residue was dissolved in dichloro- methane (50 ml). Trifluoroacetic acid (50 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in di- chloromethane (100 ml). A 10% aqueous solution of sodium hydrogensulphate (50 ml) water (200 ml) were added successively. The aqueous phase was concentrated in vacuo to approximately 60 ml. This solution was divided into four parts. Each of them were subjected to a HPLC-chromatography on a C18 reversed phase column, using gradients of 0-20, 0-1 1 , 0- 9 or 0-2% respectively acetonitril in water in a buffer of 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid to give together 4.38 g of N-((S)-5-amino-5-(carbamoyl)pentyl)-3-(aminooxymethyl)benzamide.
HPLC: Rt = 3.24 min (method 02-b1 -2).
1H-NMR (DMSOd6): δ 1 .35 (m, 2 H); 1 .55 (m, 2 H); 1 .75 (m, 2 H); 3.25 (m, 2 H); 3.72 (m, 1 H); 5.05 (s, 2 H); 7.54 (m, 3 H); 7.88 (m, 3 H); 8.12 (br, 3 H); 8.55 (t, 1 H).
MS: m/z = 295
Example 9: (S)-2-(hGH-Leu-amino)-3-(4-((1-(10-(4-(2-((20 kDa mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)-1- (((20 kDa mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)methyl)ethoxy)butanoylamino)decyl)1 ,2,3-triazol-4- yl)methoxy)phenyl)propionamide
Step 1 :
10-Azidodecanol
10-bromodecanol (4.0 g, 17 mmol) in Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide (12 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at 6O0C for 16 h. It was cooled to room temperature and diluted with water (100 ml) and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate (50 ml). It was extracted
with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 ml). The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (100 g), using a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane (1 :2) as eluent to give 3.25 g of 10-azidodecanol.
MS: 172 [M-N2]+, 222 [M+Na]+ 1H-NMR (CDCI3): δ 1 .55 (m, 12 H); 1 .47 (s, 1 H); 1 .60 (m, 4 H); 3.25 (t, 2 H); 3.65 (t, 2 H).
Step 2:
10-Azidodecyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonic ester
At O0C, toluenesulfonic chloride (3.27 g, 17.1 mmol) was added to a solution of 10- azidodecanol (3.25 g, 16.3 mmol) and triethylamine (6.83 ml, 49.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (70 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 days, while the temperature rose slowly to room temperature. It was diluted with ethyl acetate (300 ml) and washed with a 10% aqueous solution of sodium hydrogensulphate. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate (200 ml) and dried over magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (100 g), using ethyl acetate/heptane (1 :2) as eluent, to give 1.85 g of 10-azidodecyl 4- methylbenzenesulfonic ester.
MS: 376 [M+Na]+, 326 [M-N2J+.
1H-NMR (CDCI3): δ 1 .15-1 .45 (m, 12 H); 1 .60 (m, 4 H); 2.45 (s, 3 H); 3.25 (t, 2 H); 4.00 (t, 2 H); 7.35 (d, 2 H); 7.80 (d, 2 H).
Step 3
2-(10-Azidodecyl)isoindol-1 ,3-dione
A mixture of 10-azidodecyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonic ester (1.85 g, 5.23 mmol) and commercially available potassium phthalimide (1 .45 g, 7.84 mmol) in Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide (12 ml) was heated to 1000C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. It was diluted with ethyl acetate (200 ml) and a 10% aqueous solution of sodium hydrogensul- phate (200 ml). The phases were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate (200 ml) and dried over magnesium sulphate. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (70 g), using ethyl acetate/heptane (1 :2) as eluent, to give 1 .33 g of 2-(10-azidodecyl)isoindol- 1 ,3-dione.
MS: 301 [M-N2]+, 351 [M+Na]+.
1H-NMR (CDCI3): δ 1 .20-1 .45 (m, 12 H); 1 .50-1.75 (m, 4 H); 3.25 (t, 2 H); 3.70 (t, 2 H); 7.70 (m, 2 H); 7.85 (m, 2 H).
Step 4
10-Azidodecylamine
A solution of 2-(10-azidodecyl)isoindol-1 ,3-dione (1 .33 g, 4.05 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (0.19 ml, 4.85 mmol) in ethanol (30 ml) was heated to 850C for 3.25 h. It was cooled to room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (30 g), using a mixture of dichloromethane/methanol/25% aqueous ammonia (100:20:2) as eluent, to give a material, which was dissolved in ethanol. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give 440 mg of 10-azidodecylamine.
MS: 199 [M+H]+. 1H-NMR (CDCI3): δ 1 .25-1 .40 (m, 12 H); 1 .45 (m, 2 H); 1.60 (m, 2 H); 2.00 (br, 2 H);
2.70 (t, 2 H); 3.25 (t, 2 H).
Step 5
Λ/-(10-Azidodecyl)-4-(2-((20 kDa mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)-1 -(((20k Da mPE- Gyl)carbamoyloxy)methyl)ethoxy)butanoic amide
2,5-Dioxopyrrolidin-1 -yl 4-(2-((20 kDa mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)-1 -(((20k Da mPE- Gyl)carbamoyloxy)methyl)ethoxy)butanoic ester (Nektar 2Z3Y0T01 , batch PT-09E-02, 1g, 0.025 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (50 ml). A solution of 10-azidodecylamine (50 mg, 0.25 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 ml) and triethylamine (0.02 m. 0.12 mmol) were added successively. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. Ether (800 ml) was added. The formed precipitation was isolated by filtration and was dried in vacuo. It was dissolved in dichloromethane (50 ml). Amberlyst 15 (1 .0 g) was added. The mixture was stirred for 5 min at room temperature. The solid was removed by filtration. Ether (800 ml) was added. The formed precipitation was isolated by filtration and dried in vacuo to give Λ/-(10- azidodecyl)-4-(2-((20 kDa mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)-1 -(((20k Da mPE- Gyl)carbamoyloxy)methyl)ethoxy)butanoic amide.
Step 6: (S)-3-(4-(propargyloxy)phenyl)-2-((S)-2-hGHylleucinylamino)propionamide
At room temperature a aqueous solution of CPY (200 U/ml, 1 U, 0.005 ml) was added to a solution of hGH-Leu-Ala (15 mg, 672 nmol) and the trifluoroacetate salt of (2S)-2- Amino-3-(4-(prop-2-ynyloxy)phenyl)propionamide (78 mg, 0.23 mmol) in a buffer (1 .35 ml) consisting of 0.25 M HEPES and 5 mM EDTA, which was adjusted with an aqueous 1 N sodium hydroxide solution to pH 7.97. After 2.75 h, 0.013 ml of a freshly prepared stock solu-
tion of phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride, prepared by dissolving phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride (174 mg, 1 .0 mmol) in isopropanol (10 ml), were added. The reaction mixture was diluted with a buffer (10 ml) of 50 mM 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)1 ,3-propanediol, which was adjusted with hydrochloric acid to pH 8.5. The buffer was changed by ultracentrifugation (RCF = 3600) using a filter cut-off of 10 kDa to a 5 mM buffer (5 ml) of 2-amino-2-
(hydroxymethyl)i ,3-propanediol, which was adjusted with hydrochloric acid to pH 8.5. The mixture was filtered through a 450 nm-filter.
MALDI-MS (CHCA): 1 1231 (M2+).
This material was purified by ion-exchange chromatography on a MonoQ column 10/100 GL (Amersham), using a gradient of 0-100% over 60 column volumes of a buffer consisting of 2.0 M sodium chloride and 50 mM TRIS, which was adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid in a buffer of 50 mM TRIS-buffer, which was adjusted with 1 N hydrochloric acid to pH 8.5, at a flowrate of 0.5 ml/min to give (S)-3-(4-(propargyloxy)phenyl)-2-((S)-2- hGHylleucinylamino)propionamide. MALDI-MS (CHCA): 1 1230 (M2+).
The buffer was changed to a 50 mM ammonium hydrogencarbonate-buffer (2.5 ml) by ultracentrifugation (RCF = 3600) using a filter cut-off of 10 kDa. The material was lyophi- lized.
Step 7
The protein isolated in step 6 (2.77 mg, 123 nmol) was partly dissolved in a buffer, consisting of 2% 2,6-lutidine in water (0.123 ml). A solution of Λ/-(10-azidodecyl)-4-(2-((20 kDa mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)-1 -(((20k Da mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)methyl)ethoxy)butanoic amide (49 mg, 1230 nmol) was dissolved in a buffer, consisting of 2% 2,6-lutidine in water (0.320 ml) was added to the solution of the protein. A solution of copper(ll) sulphate (60 mg) in water (6 ml). 1 ml of this copper-solution was added to 1 ml of a solution prepared from ascorbic acid (220 mg) in water (6 ml) and lutidine (0.150 ml), to give a solution of a coppers-salt, which was left for 5 min at room temperature. 0.062 ml of this solution of the coppers-salt was added to the mixture of the protein and the PEG-reagent. The reaction mix- ture was shaken gently for 4.5 h. It was diluted with water (2.8 ml) and a buffer (2.77 ml), consisting of 10 mM TRIS-buffer, which was adjusted with 1 N hydrochloric acid to pH 8.0. It was filtered through a 450 nm filter. It was purified by ion-exchange-chromatography on a MonoQ 10/100 GL (Amersham) column, using a gradient of 0-100% over 20 column volumes of a buffer consisting of 0.2 M sodium chloride and 10 mM TRIS, which was adjusted to pH 8.0 with 1 N hydrochloric acid in a buffer of 10 mM TRIS-buffer, which was adjusted with 1 N
hydrochloric acid to pH 8.0, at a flowrate of 2 ml/min. The SDS-gel showed a band at a molecular weight of approximately 1 16 kDa compared to a Marker 12 (Invitrogen), which stained both with the silver Quest staining procedure (Invitrogen) and a PEG-sensitive staining method (Kurfϋrst, M. M. Analytical Biochemsitry 1992, 200, 244-248), which all is within the expectation for (S)-2-(hGH-Leu-amino)-3-(4-((1 -(10-(4-(2-((20 kDa mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)-1 - (((20 kDa mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)methyl)ethoxy)butanoylamino)decyl)1 ,2,3-triazol-4- yl)methoxy)phenyl)propionamide.
Example 10: (S)-2-((hGHylleucinyl)amino)-6-(3-((4-((4-(bis(20 kDa mPEGylcarbamoy- loxymethyl)methoxy)butyrylamino)methyl)triazol-1-yl)methyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide
Step 1 :
4-(bis(20 kDa mPEGylcarbamoyloxymethyl)methoxy)-Λ/-prop-2-ynylbutyric amide
4-(bis(20 kDa mPEGylcarbamoyloxymethyl)methoxy)butyric acid (purchased from Nektar, catalog number 2Z3Y0T01 , 2g, 0.05 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (25 ml). Ethyldiisopropylamine (0.042 ml, 0.248 mmol) and propargylamine (0.014 ml, 0.198 mmol) were added successively. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 days. Diethyl ether was added until a precipitation occurred. The mixture was cooled to O0C and was filtered through a P1 -glass-filter. The precipitation was collected and dissolved in dichloromethane (18 ml) and ethanol (2 ml). Amberlyst 15 (1 .Og) was washed with ethanol and added. The
mixture was stirred gently for 30 min and was filtered. The solvent was removed in vacuo. Diethylether (50 ml) was added. The precipitation was isolated by filtration and dried 2 days in vacuo to give 1.36 g of 4-(bis(20 kDa mPEGylcarbamoyloxymethyl)methoxy)-Λ/-prop-2- ynylbutyric amide.
Step 2: (S)-2-((hGHylleucinyl)amino)-6-(3-(azidomethyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide
hGH-Leu-Ala (15 mg, 672 nmol) was dissolved in water (0.450 ml) and diisopro- pylethylamine (0.007 ml). A solution of (S)-2-amino-6-(3-
(azidomethyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide (98 mg, 0.235 mmol) in 0.120 ml of a buffer of 0.25 M HEPES and 5 mM EDTA, which had been adjusted to pH 8 with a 1 N solution of sodium hydroxide, was added. The solution was filtered and diluted with a buffer of 0.25 M HEPES and 5 mM EDTA, which had been adjusted to pH 8 with a 1 N solution of sodium hy- droxide, and a 1 N solution of sodium hydroxide in order to obtain 1 .344 ml of a solution with a pH of 7.8. A solution of CPY (200 U/ml, 0.075 ml, 15 U) was added. The reaction mixture was gently shaken at 3O0C for 21 h. A freshly prepared 100 mM solution of phenylmethane- sulfonyl fluoride (0.0135 ml) in isopropanol was added. The reaction mixture was kept for 1 day at room temperature. It was chromatographed on a HiPrep 26/10 desalting column, us- ing a 50 mM ammonium bicarbonate buffer in water as eluent. A freshly prepared 100 mM solution of phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride (0.0045 ml per 0.5 ml fraction-volume) in isopropanol was added to the fractions immediately, containing the protein. These fractions were combined and were subjected to ultracentrifugation, using an Amicon Ultra-15 vial with a cut
off of 10 kDa filter. They were diluted with a 50 mM solution of ammonium bicarbonate and lyophilized.
Step 3: A solution of copper(ll) sulfate pentahydrdate (41 mg, 0.16 mmol) in water (9.17 ml) was prepared. A solution of ascorbic acid (145 mg, 0.82 mmol) in water (8.94 ml) and 2,6- lutidine (0.229 ml) was prepared. Of both of the latter solution 3.51 ml were taken and were mixed. They were left at room temperature for 5 min to form a copper(l)-salt solution, which was used directly after the 5 min had passed. A solution of (S)-2-((hGHylleucinyl)amino)-6-(3-
(azidomethyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide (7.08 mg, 314 nmol) in a mixture of water (0.862 ml) and 2,6-lutidine (0.18 ml) was added to a solution of 4-(bis(20 kDa mPEGylcarbamoy- loxymethyl)methoxy)-Λ/-prop-2-ynylbutyric amide (127 mg, 0.003 mmol) in water (0.700 ml). 0.351 ml of the copper(l)-salt solution was added. The reaction mixture was gently shaken for 20 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and was diluted to 2 ml with a 10 mM buffer of
TRIS, which had been adjusted with 1 N hydrochloric acid to pH 8.0. It was subjected to a gel chromatography, using a HiLoad 26/60 Superdex 200 column in a 10 mM Tris buffer, which had been adjusted to pH 8 with 1 N hydrochloric acid. The fractions containing the desired protein were combined and concentrated by ultracentrifugation using an Amicon Ultra-15 vial with a cut off of 10 kDa. It was diluted with a 50 mM Tris-buffer (20 ml) , which had been adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid. It was purified by ion-exchange-chromatography on a MonoQ 10/100 GL column, using a 50 mM Tris buffer, which had been adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid as buffer A and a 50 mM Tris/2 M sodium chloride buffer, which had been adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid as buffer B. The fractions con- taining the desired protein were combined and concentrated by ultracentrifugation using an Amicon Ultra-15 vial with a cut off of 10 kDa. The buffer was changed to a 50 mM ammonium bicarbonate buffer by ultracentrifugation using an Amicon Ultra-15 vial with a cut off of 10 kDa and lyophilized. The SDS-gel showed a compound, which had the expected properties of the title compound.
Example 11 : (S)-2-(hGHylleucinylamino)-6-(3-((4-((4-(30 kDa mPEGy- loxy)butyrylamino)methyl)1 ,2,3-triazol-1 -yl)methyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide
Step 1 :
4-(30 kDa mPEGyl)-N-(prop-2-ynyl)butanoic amide
2,5-Dioxoprrolidin-1 -yl 4-(30 kDa mPEGyl)butanoic ester (purchased at Nektar, 2.5 g, 0.083 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (25 ml). Ethyldiisopropylamine (0.071 ml, 0.413 mmol) and propargylamine (0.023 ml, 0.33 mmol) were added successively. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature over night. Diethyl ether was added until a precipitation was formed. The mixture was cooled to O0C and the precipitation was isolated by filtration through a glass-filter P1 . The isolated material was dissolved in a 10% solution of ethanol in dichloromethane (15 ml). Amberlyst 15 (2.0 g), which had been washed with a 10% solution of ethanol (20 ml) prior its use, was added. The mixture was stirred slowly for 30 min. The Amberlyst-material was removed by filtration and was washed with dichloromethane (20 ml). The solution was concentrated in vacuo. Ether was added, until a precipita- tion occurred. The mixture was cooled to O0C. The precipitation was isolated by filtration through a glass-filter P1 and dried in vacuo to give 2.04 g of 4-(30 kDa mPEGyl)-N-(prop-2- ynyl)butanoic amide.
Step 2 A solution of (S)-2-((hGHylleucinyl)amino)-6-(3-
(azidomethyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide (11 .0 mg, 488 nmol) was dissolved in a mixture of water (1 .328 ml) and 2,6-lutidine (0.028 ml). This solution was filtered into a solution of A- (30 kDa mPEGyl)-N-(prop-2-ynyl)butanoic amide (147 mg, 4860 nmol) in water (1 .00 ml). A copper(l)-salt solution was prepared by addition of a solution of copper(ll) sulphate pentahy-
drate (24.3 mg, 0.097 mmol) in water (5.44 ml) to a solution of ascorbic acid (85.0 mg, 0.488 mmol) in a mixture of water (5.30 ml) and 2,6-lutidine (0.135 ml). This copper(l)-salt solution was left for 5 min at room temperature. A part of this copper(l)-salt solution (0.544 ml) was added to the solution containing the protein. The reaction mixture was gently shaken for 22 h. The solution was filtered. The filter was washed with a buffer consisting of 25 mM Tris in water, which was adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid. The solution was run on a column, using a HiPrep26/10 desalting column with a flow of 20 ml/min and a buffer consisting of 25 mM Tris in water, which was adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid. The fractions, containing protein, were collected and combined. The protein was purified on by ion-exchange chromatography using a MonoQ 10/100 GL column, a buffer consisting of 25 mM Tris in water, which was adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid as buffer A and a buffer consisting of 0.2 M sodium chloride and 25 mM Tris in water, which was adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid as buffer B, applying a gradient of 0-100 % buffer B over 100 column volumes with a flow of 0.50 ml/min. The fractions containing the desired protein were collected, combined and concentrated via ultracentrifugation using Amicon Ultra cen- trifugation vials with a cut-off of 10 kDa. After concentration, the buffer was changed to a 50 mM ammonium hydrogencarbonate buffer in the same ultracentrifugation vials. The material was lyophilized to give 4.6 mg of the title compound. SDS-gels are in accordance with the expectation for the title compound. The characterization of the compounds were done by SDS-gel PAGE, using silver staining and a specific PEG staining as described by Kurfϋrst (Analytical Biochemistry 1992, 200, 244-248.).
Example 12: (S)-6-(3-((4-((4-(Λ/-(3-(omega-(2,3-bis(20 kDa mPEgyloxy)propoxy)2-5 kDa PEGyloxy)propyl)carbamoyl)butyrylamino)methyl)triazol-1-yl)methyl)benzoylamino)2- ((hGHyl)leucinylamino)hexanoic amide
Step 1 :
4-(N-(3-(omega-(2,3-Bis(20 kDa mPEGyloxy)porpoxy)2-5 kDa PEGyloxy)propyl)carbamoyl)-N-(prop-2-ynyl)butyric amide
2,3-Bis(20 kDa PEGyloxy)-1 -({3-[(1 ,5-dioxo-5-succinimidyloxypentyl)amino]propoxy} 2-5 kDa PEGyloxy)propane (purchased from NOF, order number: Sunbright GL3-400GS2, 1 .00 g, 0.023 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 ml). Ethyldiisopropylamine (0.019 ml, 0.113 mmol) and propargylamine (0.006ml, 0.091 mmol) were added successively. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at room temperature. Diethylether was added until a precipitation was obtained. The mixture was kept at O0C for 1 h. The precipitation was isolated by filtration through a filter paper P1 .
Amberlyst 15 ion-exchange material (1.0 g) was suspended in a mixture of di- chloromethane (10 ml) and ethanol (1 ml). The mixture was stirred gently for 30 min. The amberlyst was isolated by filtration.
The precipitation of the PEG-reagent was dissolved in a mixture of dichloromethane (10 ml) and ethanol (1 ml). The amberlyst material was added. The mixture was stirred gently for 30 min at room temperature. The amberlyst was removed by filtration and washing with dichloromethane. The combined solutions were concentrated in vacuo to approx. 2 ml. Diethylether was added, until a precipitation was obtained. The mixture was kept at O0C for 1 h. The precipitation was isolated by filtration through a filter paper P1 and dried in vacuo to give 0.83 g of 4-(N-(3-(omega-(2,3-bis(20 kDa mPEGyloxy)porpoxy)2-5 kDa PEGy- loxy)propyl)carbamoyl)-N-(prop-2-ynyl)butyric amide.
Step 2:
A solution of (S)-2-((hGHylleucinyl)amino)-6-(3-
(azidomethyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide (8.23 mg, 365 nmol) was dissolved in a mixture of water (0.996 ml) and 2,6-lutidine (0.021 ml). This solution was added to a solution of 4-(N- (3-(omega-(2,3-bis(20 kDa mPEGyloxy)porpoxy)2-5 kDa PEGyloxy)propyl)carbamoyl)-N- (prop-2-ynyl)butyric amide (161 mg, 3650 nmol) in water (0.75 ml). A copper(l) salt solution was prepared by mixing of a solution of copper(ll) sulphate pentahydrate (18.23 mg, 0.073 mmol) in water (4.08 ml) with a solution of ascorbic acid (64.52 mg, 0.366 mmol) in a mixture of water (3.98 ml) and 2,6-lutidine (0.10 ml). This solution was shaken for 5 min at room tem- perature. 0.41 ml of this copper(l) solution was taken and added to the solution containing the protein and the PEG-reagent. The reaction mixture was shaken gently for 16 h at room
temperature. It was filtered through a 450 nm filter. A gel-chromatography was performed, using a HiPrep 26/10 desalting column (Amersham) and a buffer of 25 mM TRIS, which had been adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid, at a flow of 10 ml/min. The fractions containing the desired compound were diluted with a buffer 25 mM TRIS, which had been adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid (45 ml). An ion-exchange chromatography was performed, using a MonoQ 10/100 GL column (Amersham) at a flow of 0.50 ml/min and a gradient of 0-100% of a buffer of 0.2 M sodium chloride and 25 mM TRIS, which had been adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid, in a buffer of 25 mM TRIS, which had been adjusted to pH 8.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid over 25 column volumes. The fractions, containing the desired compound were combined. This solution was divided into two parts. Each of these parts were subjected to a gel-chromatography, using using a HiPrep 26/10 desalting column (Amersham) and a solution of 50 mM ammonium hydrogencarbonate at a flow of 10 ml/min. The fractions of both runs, which contained the desired product were combined and lyophilized to give 2.6 mg of the desired compound. The characterization of the compounds were done by SDS-gel PAGE, using silver staining and a specific PEG staining as described by Kurfϋrst (Analytical Biochemistry 1992, 200, 244-248.).
Example 13: (S)-2-((/V1alpha-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(4-(bis((20 kDa mPEGylaminocarbony- loxy)methyl)methoxy)butyrylamino)ethoxy)- ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)butyl)hGHyl)leucylamino)-6-(3-((4-((4-(30 kDa mPegy- loxy)butyrylamino)methyl)-1 ,2,3-triazol-1 -yl)methyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide
kDa
Step 1 :
(S)-6-(3-(azidomethyl)benzoylamino)-2-((Λ/1alpha-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(4-(bis((20 kDa mPEGylaminocarbonyloxy)methyl)methoxy)butyrylamino)ethoxy)- ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)butyl)hGHyl)leucylamino)hexanoic amide
(S)-2-((hGHylleucinyl)amino)-6-(3-(azidomethyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide (25.8 mg, 0.001 mmol) was suspended in a 25 mM HEPES-buffer (0.500 ml), which had been adjusted to pH 7. Ethyldiisopropylamine (0.004 ml) was added. A clear solution was obtained. 25 mM HEPES-buffer (2.050 ml), which had been adjusted to pH7, was added. The solution was adjusted to pH 6.98 by addition of 1 N hydrochloric acid (0.040 ml). 4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(4- (bis((20 kDa mPEGylaminocarbonyloxy)methyl)methoxy)butyrylamino)ethoxy)- ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)butanal (23.39 mg, 0.0006 mmol) was added. A freshly prepared of sodium cyanoborohydride (0.025 ml, 0.025 mmol) was added over a period of 5 h. The reac- tion mixture was left gently shaken at room temperature in the dark for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered. The buffer was changed to a 25 mM TRIS-buffer pH 8.5 via chromatography on a HiPrep26/10 desalting column. This solution was subjected to a ion-exchange chromatography on a MonoQI 0/100 GL column. While the sample was put onto the column the flow was 0.5 ml/min. For elution a gradient was used of 0-75% of a 25 mM TRIS/0.2 M sodium chloride buffer in a 25 mM TRIS-buffer, which both had been adjusted to pH 8.5 over 30 column volumes followed by 75-100 % of a 25 mM TRIS/0.2 M sodium chloride buffer in a 25 mM TRIS-buffer, which both had been adjusted to pH 8.5 with a flow of 4.0 ml/ min. The fraction containing the desired compound were identified by SDS-gel electrophoresis. They were pooled. The buffer was changed to a 50 mM ammonium hydrogencarbonate buffer by subjecting it to a chromatography on a HiPerpe26/10 desalting column. The material was Iy- ophilized to give 3.8 mg of (S)-6-(3-(azidomethyl)benzoylamino)-2-((Λ/1alpha-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(4- (bis((20 kDa mPEGylaminocarbonyloxy)methyl)methoxy)butyrylamino)ethoxy)- ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)butyl)hGHyl)leucylamino)hexanoic amide.
Step 2:
A solution of copper(ll) sulphate (3.0 mg) in water (0.680 ml) was added to a solution of ascorbic acid (10.7 mg) in a mixture of water (0.66 ml) and 2,6-lutidine (0.015 ml). This solution was left at room temperature for 5 min. 0.068 ml of this solution was added to a solution of (S)-6-(3-(azidomethyl)benzoylamino)-2-((Λ/1alpha-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(4-(bis((20 kDa
mPEGylaminocarbonyloxy)methyl)methoxy)butyrylamino)ethoxy)- ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)butyl)hGHyl)leucylamino)hexanoic amide (3.8 mg, 60 nmol) and 4-(30 kDa mPEGyl)-N-(prop-2-ynyl)butanoic amide (18.1 mg, 600 nmol) in water (1 .18 ml) and 2,6- lutidine (0.020 ml). The reaction mixture was shaken gently at room temperature for 22 h. The buffer was changed to a 50 mM ammonium hydrogencarbonate buffer by subjecting it to a chromatography on a HiPrep26/10 desalting column. The buffer was changed again to a 25 mM Tris-buffer, which had been adjusted to pH 8.5, by subjecting it to a chromatography on a HiPrep26/10 desalting column. This solution was subjected to a ion-exchange chromatography on a MonoQI 0/100 GL column. While the sample was put onto the column the flow was 0.5 ml/min. For elution a gradient was used of 0-75% of a 25 mM TRIS/0.2 M sodium chloride buffer in a 25 mM TRIS-buffer, which both had been adjusted to pH 8.5 over 30 column volumes followed by 75-100 % of a 25 mM TRIS/0.2 M sodium chloride buffer in a 25 mM TRIS-buffer, which both had been adjusted to pH 8.5 with a flow of 4.0 ml/ min. The fractions containing the desired compound were identified by SDS-gel electrophoresis. They were pooled. The buffer was changed to a 50 mM ammonium hydrogencarbonate buffer by by subjecting it to a chromatography on a HiPrep26/10 desalting column. The solution was lyophilized to give 0.42 mg of (S)-2-((Λ/1alpha-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(4-(bis((20 kDa mPEGylaminocar- bonyloxy)methyl)methoxy)butyrylamino)ethoxy)- ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)butyl)hGHyl)leucylamino)-6-(3-((4-((4-(30 kDa mPegy- loxy)butyrylamino)methyl)-1 ,2,3-triazol-1 -yl)methyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide.
Example 14: (S)-2-{(hGHylleucinyl)amino}-6-{4-(1-(4-(4-(2-(N-(20 kDa mPE- Gyl)carbamoyloxy)-1-((N-(20 kDa mPE-
Gyl)carbamoyloxy)methyl)ethoxy)butyrylamino)butoxyimino)ethyl)benzoylamino}hexa noic amide
Step 1 : as in Example 3.
Step 2: Oximation with N-(4-(aminoxy)butyl)4-(2-((20 kDa mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)-1 -(((20 kDa mPEGyl)carbamoyloxy)methyl)ethoxy)butanoic amide
The pooled fractions (3mg/ml, 6ml) from the first step were put on ice bath. Ice cold DMF was added (1 .32ml, 15% final concentration). The PEG reagent was added (281 mg, about 10 equivalents in solution in 3-Methylthio-1 propanol 0.14M (1 ml)). The volume was adjusted to 8.8ml by addition of MES buffer 5OmM pH6. The final pH of the reaction mixture was 6.
Reaction progress was followed by running analyses on Agilent 2100 Bioanalyzer.
The reaction mixture was incubated at 3O0C under nitrogen for 10 days.
Purification was done on an aliquot of the reaction mixture by size exclusion chromatography (Amersham Superdex 200 26/26, eluent: Tris, HCI 5OmM pH8.5, 2.5ml/min), followed by ion exchange (MonoQ 10/100GL, A buffer: Tris 5OmM pH8.5, buffer B: A+0.2M NaCI, 0 to 100% B over 100 column volumes, 0.5ml/min).
Yield: 2mg of product was isolated (3.5% from the starting hGH-Leu-Ala protein)
Example 15: (S)-2-((hGHylleucinyl)amino)-6-(4-(1-((3-((4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(4-(bis((20 kDa mPegylcarbamoylo- xy)methyl)methoxy)butyrylamino)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)butylidene)aminoxy)pr opoxy)imino)ethyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide
Step 1 : as in example 3.
Step 2: Oximation with 1 ,3-diaminoxy propane:
To a solution of the starting ketone in aqueous 0.14M 3-methylthio-1 propanol (28mg, 0.37mM final concentration) (3ml) was added 1 ,3-diaminoxypropane (TFA salt) (68mg, 300 equivalents, 1 11 mM final concentration) in solution in aqueous 0.14M 3- methylthio-i propanol (0.4ml). The final pH was 4. The reaction was followed by CE. CE analysis method:
The capillary electrophoresis was performed using a Hewlett Packard 3D CE system equipped with a diode array detector.
The fused silica capillary (Agilent) used had a total length of 64.5, an effective length of 56cm and an ID of 50μm. Samples were injected by pressure at 50mbar for 4s. Separa- tions were carried out at 3O0C, under a voltage of +25kV, using phosphate buffer 5OmM pH2.5 as electrolyte. The analysis was monitored at 200nm. Between runs, a basic wash were performed: the capillary was rinsed with water for 2min, then with sodium hydroxyde 0.1 M for 3min, and water for 2min, before equilibrating the capillary with the electrolyte.
The reaction ran to completion after 1 h. The identity of the product was confirmed by MALDI-TOF analysis.
MALDI-TOF analysis method: as in example 3, stepi . m/z= 11301 (product) (M+2H)2+
After addition to the reaction mixture of a buffer containing triethanolamine (45mM) and 3-methylthio-1 propanol (0.14M), the excess of reagent was eliminated by ultra filtration
on Millipore Amicon Ultra cut off 1 OkD (twice). The remaining protein solution was ultrafil- tered again after addition of 3-methylthio-1 propanol (0.14M) (twice).
Finally, the protein solution obtained was run on desalting column (Amersham Hi- Prep 26/10 Desalting, eluent: Tris 5OmM pH8.5, 10ml/min). A buffer shift to 3-methylthio-1 propanol (0.14M) was then performed. The final protein concentration was 10mg/ml.
Step3: Oximation with mPEG2-ButyrALD-40K
To the protein solution obtained in step 2 (28mg, 7mg/ml) was added mPEG2- ButyrALD-40K (Nektar #083Y0T01 )(164mg, 4.1 μmoles, 3 equivalents) in solution in 0.14M 3-methylthio-1 propanol (0.4ml)
The reaction mixture was incubated at 3O0C for 48h. The product was purified on ion exchange (Amersham MonoQ 10/100 GL, A buffer:
Tris 5OmM pH8.5, buffer B: A+0.2M NaCI, 0 to 50% B over 20 column volume, 50 to 100% over 3 column volumes, 4ml/min).
The pooled fractions were lyophilized after buffer shift to ammonium bicarbonate.
Yield: 33 mg of product was isolated (33% from the starting hGH-Leu-Ala protein)
Example 16: (S)-6-(4-(1-(3-((3-(omega-(2,3-bis(20 kDa mPEGyloxy)propyl)2-5 kDa PE- Gyloxy) propylidene) aminoxy) propoxyimino) ethyl) benzoylamino)-2- (((hGHyl)leucinyl)amino)hexanoic amide
Step 1 : as in Example 3.
Step 2: Oximation with 1 ,3-diaminoxy propane: as in example 15 except that the reaction was run at pH6.5. The reaction mixture was incubated 18h at 3O0C.
The work up was as described in step 2 of example 15.
Step 3: Oximation with "Sunbright GL3-400AL2":
To "Sunbright GL3-400AL2" (NOF product) (130mg, 3.2μmoles, about 3 equivalents) in solution in 0.14M 3-methylthio-1 propanol (1 ml) was added the protein solution obtained in step 2 (3ml, about 10mg/ml))
The reaction mixture was incubated at 3O0C and the reaction followed by analysis on Agilent 2100 Bioanalyzer.
After 18h reaction time, the yield was 39% according to the bioanalyzer integration results.
The product was purified on ion exchange (Amersham MonoQ 10/100 GL, A buffer: Tris 5OmM pH8.5, buffer B: A+0.2M NaCI, 0 to 50% B over 20 column volume, 50 to 100% over 3 column volumes, 4ml/min).
The pooled fractions were lyophilized after buffer shift to ammonium bicarbonate. Yield: 9 mg of product was isolated (10% from the starting hGH-Leu-Ala protein)
Example 17: (S)-6-(3-(((3-(omega-(2,3-bis-(20 kDa m-PEGyloxy)propyl)2-5 kDa PEGyloxy)propylidine)aminoxy)methyl)benzoylamino)-2- ((hGHyl)leucinylamino)hexanoic amide
Stepi : CPY-catalyzed transpeptidation of hGH-Leu-Ala with N-((S)-5-Amino-5-
(carbamoyl)pentyl)-3-(aminoxymethyl)benzamide
Ala
To a solution of hGH-Leu-Ala (15mg, 0.5mM final concentration) in H2O:diisopropylamine (100:1 v/v, 0.6ml), was added N-((S)-5-Amino-5-(carbamoyl)pentyl)-3- (aminoxymethyl)benzamide
(86.4mg, 159mM final concentration) in solution in HEPES buffer 25OmM pH8.5 containing 5mM EDTA (0.73ml). The pH was adjusted to 8.2 by addition of sodium hydroxide 10M. The reaction volume was adjusted to 1 .32ml by addition of HEPES buffer 25OmM pH8.5 containing 5mM EDTA. The reaction was started by addition of the enzyme (Fluka #21943) in solution in water (10U/ml final concentration) (15U added). The reaction mixture was incubated at 3O0C.
The reaction was followed by MALDI analysis. After 3h reaction time, only traces of the starting material could be detected.
After addition to the reaction mixture of a buffer containing triethanolamine (45mM), 3-methylthio-1 propanol (0.14M) and PMSF (2mM), the excess of reagent was eliminated by ultra filtration on Millipore Amicon Ultra cut off 1 OkD (twice). The remaining protein solution was ultrafiltered again after addition of a solution containing 3-methylthio-1 propanol (0.14M)and PMSF (2mM) (twice).
Finally, the protein solution obtained was run on desalting column (Amersham Hi- Prep 26/10 Desalting, eluent: Tris 5OmM pH8.5, 10ml/min). A buffer shift to 3-methylthio-1 propanol (0.14M) was then performed. The final protein concentration was about 10mg/ml.
This protein solution was used directly in the next step.
Step2:
Oximation with "Sunbright GL3-400AL2":
The protein solution obtained in step 1 (1.5ml, about 10mg/ml)) was added to the solution of "Sunbright GL3-400AL2" (NOF product) (71 mg, 1 .θμmoles, about 3 equivalents) in 0.14M 3-methylthio-1 propanol (0.5ml).
The reaction mixture was incubated at 3O0C.
After 24h reaction time, the product was purified on ion exchange (Amersham MonoQ 10/100 GL, A buffer: Tris 5OmM pH8.5, buffer B: A+0.2M NaCI, 0 to 50% B over 20 column volume, 50 to 100% over 3 column volumes, 4ml/min).
The pooled fractions were lyophilized after buffer shift to ammonium bicarbonate. Yield: 4mg of product was isolated (9% from the starting hGH-Leu-Ala protein)
Step 1 :
Pyrrolidin-2,5-dione-1 -yl 3-(azidomethyl)benozoic ester
2-Succinimido-1 ,1 ,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TSTU, 32.52 g, 107 mmol) was added to a solution of 3-(azidomethyl)benzoic acid (19.01 g, 107 mmol) and triethylamine (14.96 ml, 107 mmol) in Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide (50 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at room temperature. It was diluted with ethyl acetate (250 ml) and washed with water (3 x 120 ml). The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate (150 ml) and dried over sodium sulphate. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give 25.22 g of pyrrolidin-2,5-dione-1 -yl 3-(azidomethyl)benozoic ester.
1 H-NMR (CDCI3) δ 2.92 (m, 4 H); 4,45 (s, 2 H); 7.55 (t, 1 H), 7.65 (d, 2 H); 8.10 (m,
2 H).
Crude (S)-5-amino-1 -(carbamoyl)pentyl)carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (10.26 g, 41 .82 mmol) was dissolved in Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide (150 ml). Pyrrolidin-2,5-dione-1 -yl 3- (azidomethyl)benozoic ester (11 .47 g, 41 .822 mmol) and ethyldiisopropylamine (21 .48 ml, 125.5 mmol) were added successively. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at room temperature. It was diluted with ethyl acetate (500 ml) and washed first with a 10% aqueous solution of sodium hydrogensulphate (200 ml), water (3 x 250 ml) and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate (200 ml). It was dried over sodium sulphate. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give 6.05 g of (S)-6-(3-(aminomethyl)benzoylamino)2-(tert- butoxycarbonylamino)hexanoic amide.
1 H-NMR (CDCI3) δ 1 .40 (s, 9 H); 1 .63 (m, 4 H); 1 .83 (m, 2 H); 3.43 (q, 2 H); 4.15 (m, 1 H); 4.37 (s, 2 H); 5.56 (d, 1 H); 6.08 (s, 1 H); 6.75 (s, 1 H); 7.00 (s, 1 H); 7.43 (m, 2 H); 7.77 (m, 2 H).
MS: m/z = 427 (M+Na)+, 305 (M-BoC)+.
Step 3:
Gaseous hydrogen chloride was bubbled two times for 15 min each through a suspension of (S)-6-(3-(aminomethyl)benzoylamino)2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)hexanoic am- ide (6.05 g, 14.96 mmol) in ethyl acetate (75 ml). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by 9 runs of a HPLC-chromatography on a C18-reversed phase column, using a gradient of 8-28% acetonitrile in water, which was buffered with 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid, to give together 5.03 g of the trifluoroacetic acid salt of (S)-2-amino-6-(3- (azidomethyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide HPLC: 6.53 min (method 02-b1 -2).
1 H-NMR (DMSOd6) δ 1 .36 (m, 2 H); 1 .55 (m, 2 H); 1 .75 (m, 2 H); 3.26 (q, 2 H); 3.70 (m, 1 H); 4.53 (s, 2 H); 7.52 (m, 3 H); 7.84 (m, 3 H); 8.06 (br, 3 H); 8.54 (t, 1 H).
MS: m/z = 305 (M+1 )+
PHARMACOLOGICAL METHODS
Assay (I) BAF-3GHR assay to determine growth hormone activity
The BAF-3 cells (a murine pro-B lymphoid cell line derived from the bone marrow) was originally IL-3 dependent for growth and survival. II-3 activates JAK-2 and STAT which are the same mediators GH is activating upon stimulation. After transfection of the human growth hormone receptor the cell line was turn into a growth hormone-dependent cell line. This clone can be used to evaluate the effect of different growth hormone samples on the survival of the BAF-3GHR.
The BAF-3GHR cells are grown in starvation medium (culture medium without growth hormoen) for 24 hours at 370C, 5 % CO2.
The cells are washed and re-suspended in starvation medium and seeded in plates. 10 μl of growth hormone compound or human growth hormone in different concentrations or control is added to the cells, and the plates are incubated for 68 hours at 370C, 5 % CO2.
AlamarBlue® is added to each well and the cells are then incubated for another 4 hours. The AlamarBlue® is a redox indicator, and is reduced by reactions innate to cellular metabolism and, therefore, provides an indirect measure of viable cell number.
Finally, the metabolic activity of the cells is measure in a fluorescence plate reader. The absorbance in the samples is expressed in % of cells not stimulated with growth hormone compound or control and from the concentration-response curves the activity (amount of a compound that stimulates the cells with 50%) can be calculated.
All references, including publications, patent applications and patents, cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each reference was individually and specifically indicated to be incorporated by reference and was set forth in its entirety herein. All headings and sub-headings are used herein for convenience only and should not be construed as limiting the invention in any way,
Any combination of the above-described elements in all possible variations thereof is encompassed by the invention unless otherwise indicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context.
The terms "a" and "an" and "the" and similar referents as used in the context of de- scribing the invention are to be construed to cover both the singular and the plural, unless otherwise indicated herein or clearly contradicted by context.
Recitation of ranges of values herein are merely intended to serve as a shorthand method of referring individually to each separate value falling within the range, unless otherwise indicated herein, and each separate value is incorporated into the specification as if it were individually recited herein. Unless otherwise stated, all exact values provided herein are representative of corresponding approximate values (e.g., all exact exemplary values provided with respect to a particular factor or measurement can be considered to also provide a corresponding approximate measurement, modified by "about," where appropriate).
All methods described herein can be performed in any suitable order unless other- wise indicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context.
The use of any and all examples, or exemplary language (e.g., "such as") provided herein, is intended merely to better illuminate the invention and does not pose a limitation on the scope of the invention unless otherwise indicated. No language in the specification should be construed as indicating any element is essential to the practice of the invention unless as much is explicitly stated.
The citation and incorporation of patent documents herein is done for convenience only and does not reflect any view of the validity, patentability and/or enforceability of such patent documents,
The description herein of any aspect or embodiment of the invention using terms such as "comprising", "having", "including" or "containing" with reference to an element or elements is intended to provide support for a similar aspect or embodiment of the invention that "consists of", "consists essentially of", or "substantially comprises" that particular element or elements, unless otherwise stated or clearly contradicted by context (e.g., a composition described herein as comprising a particular element should be understood as also describing a composition consisting of that element, unless otherwise stated or clearly contradicted by context).
This invention includes all modifications and equivalents of the subject matter recited in the aspects or claims presented herein to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.
Claims
1 . A compound according to formula I
['] wherein GH represent a growth hormone compound; G represents R-A-E, wherein R and E each independently represents a bond or a linker, and wherein A represents a bi-radical of any chemical moiety; PEG represents a polyethylene glycol radical; and XX represent an amino acid residue selected from histidine, asparatic acid, arginine, phenylalanine, alanine, glycine, glutamine, glutamic acid, lysine, leucine, methionine, asparagine, serine, tyrosine, threonine, isoleucine, tryptophane, proline, and valine; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof.
2. The compound according to claim 1 , with a structure according to formula Ia
[Ia]
3. The compound according to claim 2, with a structure according to formula Ib
[Ib]
4. The compound according to claim 0 with a structure according to formula Ic
[Ic]
5. The compound according to claim 2, with a structure according to formula Id, Ie, or If,
[Ie]
[If] wherein PEGL is a di-radical of a PEG with a molecular weight between 2 kDa and 5 kDa.
6. The compound according to claim 5 with a structure according to formula Ig, Ih, or Ii,
[Ih]
[Ii]
7. The compound according to any of claims 1 to 6, wherein GH represents a growth hor- mone compound comprising an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity to the amino acid sequence of human growth hormone (hGH) (SEQ ID NO:1 ).
8. The compound according to claim 7, wherein GH comprises the amino acid sequence of hGH (SEQ ID NO:1 ).
9. The compound according to any of claim 1 to 8, wherein A represents an oxime bond, hy- drazone bond, phenylhydrazone bond, semicarbazone moiety, triazole bond, isooxazolidine bond, amide bond, or aralkyne bond.
10. The compound according to any of claims 1 to 9, wherein G is selected from
,and
1 1 . The compound according to any of claims 3 to 10, wherein mPEG represents a methoxy polyethylene glycol with a molecular weight between around 5 kDa and around 60 kDa.
12. The compound according to claim 1 1 , wherein said mPEG represents a methoxy poly- ethylen glycol with a molecular weight around 10 kDa, around 20 kDa, around 3OkDa or around 40 kDa.
13. The compound according to claim 1 selected from in which mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
in which mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
in which mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa; in which each mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
in which each mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
in which mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa; in which each mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
in which each mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
, in which each mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa;
, in which each mPEG has a molecular weight of about 5 kDa, 10 kDa, 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 30 kDa, 40 kDa or 60 kDa; and
14. The compound according to any of claims 1 to 13 for use in therapy.
15. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any of claims 1 to 13, optionally in combination with a pharmaceutical excipient.
16. A method of treating growth hormone deficiency (GHD), the method comprising administrating to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of claims 1 to 13.
17. A method of treating Turner Syndrome; Prader-Willi syndrome (PWS); Noonan syndrome; Down syndrome; chronic renal disease, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis; cystic fibrosis, HIV-infection in children receiving HAART treatment (HIV/HALS children); short children born short for gestational age (SGA); short stature in children born with very low birth weight (VLBW) but SGA; skeletal dysplasia; hypochondroplasia; achondroplasia; idiopathic short stature (ISS); GHD in adults; fractures in or of long bones, such as tibia, fibula, femur, humerus, radius, ulna, clavicula, matacarpea, matatarsea, and digit; fractures in or of spongious bones, such as the scull, base of hand, and base of food; patients after tendon or ligament surgery in e.g. hand, knee, or shoulder; patients having or going through distraction oteo- genesis; patients after hip or discus replacement, meniscus repair, spinal fusions or prosthesis fixation, such as in the knee, hip, shoulder, elbow, wrist or jaw; patients into which osteosynthesis material, such as nails, screws and plates, have been fixed; patients with non- union or mal-union of fractures; patients after osteatomia, e.g. from tibia or 1 st toe; patients after graft implantation; articular cartilage degeneration in knee caused by trauma or arthritis; osteoporosis in patients with Turner syndrome; osteoporosis in men; adult patients in chronic dialysis (APCD); malnutritional associated cardiovascular disease in APCD; reversal of cachexia in APCD; cancer in APCD; chronic abstractive pulmonal disease in APCD; HIV in APCD; elderly with APCD; chronic liver disease in APCD, fatigue syndrome in APCD;
Crohn's disease; impaired liver function; males with HIV infections; short bowel syndrome; central obesity; HIV-associated lipodystrophy syndrome (HALS); male infertility; patients after major elective surgery, alcohol/drug detoxification or neurological trauma; aging; frail elderly; osteo-arthritis; traumatically damaged cartilage; erectile dysfunction; fibromyalgia; memory disorders; depression; traumatic brain injury; subarachnoid haemorrhage; very low birth weight; metabolic syndrome; glucocorticoid myopathy; short stature due to glucucorticoid treatment inchildren, the acceleration of the healing of muscle tissue, nervous tissue or wounds; the acceleration or improvement of blood flow to damaged tissue; or the decrease of infection rate in damaged tissue, the method comprising administrating to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of claims 1 to 13.
18. The use of any compounds according to any of claims 1 to 13 in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of growth hormone deficiency (GHD).
19. The use of any compounds according to any of claims 1 to 13 in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of Turner Syndrome; Prader-Willi syndrome (PWS); Noonan syndrome; Down syndrome; chronic renal disease, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis; cystic fibrosis, HIV-infection in children receiving HAART treatment (HIV/HALS children); short children born short for gestational age (SGA); short stature in children born with very low birth weight (VLBW) but SGA; skeletal dysplasia; hypochondroplasia; achondroplasia; idiopathic short stature (ISS); GHD in adults; fractures in or of long bones, such as tibia, fibula, femur, humerus, radius, ulna, clavicula, matacarpea, matatarsea, and digit; fractures in or of spongious bones, such as the scull, base of hand, and base of food; patients after tendon or ligament surgery in, e.g., hand, knee, or shoulder; patients having or going through distraction oteo- genesis; patients after hip or discus replacement, meniscus repair, spinal fusions or prosthesis fixation, such as in the knee, hip, shoulder, elbow, wrist or jaw; patients into which osteosynthesis material, such as nails, screws and plates, have been fixed; patients with nonunion or mal-union of fractures; patients after osteatomia, e.g., from tibia or 1 st toe; patients after graft implantation; articular cartilage degeneration in knee caused by trauma or arthritis; osteoporosis in patients with Turner syndrome; osteoporosis in men; adult patients in chronic dialysis (APCD); malnutritional associated cardiovascular disease in APCD; reversal of cachexia in APCD; cancer in APCD; chronic abstractive pulmonal disease in APCD; HIV in APCD; elderly with APCD; chronic liver disease in APCD, fatigue syndrome in APCD; Crohn's disease; impaired liver function; males with HIV infections; short bowel syndrome; central obesity; HIV-associated lipodystrophy syndrome (HALS); male infertility; patients after major elective surgery, alcohol/drug detoxification or neurological trauma; aging; frail elderly; osteo-arthritis; traumatically damaged cartilage; erectile dysfunction; fibromyalgia; memory disorders; depression; traumatic brain injury; subarachnoid haemorrhage; very low birth weight; metabolic syndrome; glucocorticoid myopathy; short stature due to glucucorticoid treatment inchildren, the acceleration of the healing of muscle tissue, nervous tissue or wounds; the acceleration or improvement of blood flow to damaged tissue; or the decrease of infection rate in damaged tissue.
20. A method for the preparation of a compound according to any of claims 1 to 13, the method comprising the steps of reacting GH-XX-AIa in one or more steps with a first com- pound, which is an α-amino acid amide represented by the formula
said transacylated peptide being further reacted in one or more steps with a second compound of the formula
Y-E-PEG to form a conjugated GH of the formula
I'] wherein G represent R-A-E, wherein R represents a linker or a bond; E represents a linker or a bond; A represents the moiety formed by the reaction between the functional groups comprised in X and Y; and GH represent a growth hormone compound; X represents a radical comprising a functional group not accessible in the amino acid residues constituting the GH;
Y represents a radical comprising one or more functional groups which groups react with functional groups present in X, and which functional groups do not react with functional groups accessible in the GH; PEG represent a poly ethylene glycol moiety; and XX represents an amino acid residue selected from histidine, asparatic acid, arginine, phenylalanine, alanine, glycine, glutamine, glutamic acid, lysine, leucine, methionine, aspar- agine, serine, tyrosine, threonine, isoleucine, tryptophane, proline, and valine.
21 . The method according to claim 20, wherein XX represents Leu.
22. The method according to any of claims 20 to 21 , wherein said α-amino acid amide is selected from 2-amino-3-oxo-butyramide, 2-amino-6-(4-oxo-pentanoylamino)-hexanoic acid amide, 2-amino-3-(2-oxo-2-phenyl-ethylsulfanyl)-propionamide, 2-amino-5-oxo-hexanoic acid amide, 2-amino-3-oxo-propionamide, 2-amino-6-(4-acetylbenzoylamino)hexanoic acid amide, (2S)-2-amino-3-[4-(2-oxopropoxy)phenyl]propionamide, (2S)-2-amino-3-[4-(2- oxobutoxy)phenyl]propionamide, (2S)-2-amino-3-[4-(2-oxopentoxy)phenyl]propionamide, (2S)-2-amino-3-[4-(4-oxopentoxy)phenyl]propionamide, (2S)-2-amino-6-(4-oxo-4- phenylbutyrylamino)hexanoic acid amide, (2S)-2-amino-6-(4-oxo-4-(4- chlorophenylbutyrylamino)hexanoic acid amide, 3-acetyl-N-((5S)-5-amino-5- carbamoylpentyl)benzamide, 2-acetyl-N-((5S)-5-amino-5-carbamoylpentyl)benzamide, (2S)- 2-amino-3-(4-(prop-2-ynyloxy)phenyl)propionamide, (S)-2-aminopent-4-ynoicacid amide, (2S)-2-amino-6-(3-(prop-2-ynyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide, (2S)-2-amino-6-(4-(prop-2- ynyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide, (2S)-2-amino-6-(2-(prop-2-ynyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide, (2S)-2-amino-3-[4-(1 -oxoethyoxy)phenyl)propionamide,(S)-2-amino-6-(3- (aziodmethyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide, (S)-2-amino-6-(3- (aminoxymethyl)benzoylamino)hexanoic amide, and S-phenylacylcysteine amide.
23. The method according to any of claims 20 to 22, wherein Y-E-PEG represents
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of 20 kDa or 30 kDa, and PEG has a molecular weight between 2 and 5 kDa,
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of 20 kDa or 30 kDa, and PEG has a molecular weight between 2 and 5 kDa, or
wherein mPEG has a molecular weight of 20 kDa or 30 kDa and PEG has a molecular weight between 2 and 5 kDa.
24. A compound of the formula GH-XX-AIa, wherein GH comprises a peptide of an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity to the amino acid sequence of hGH (SEQ ID NO:1 ), and XX represents an amino acid residue selected from histidine, asparatic acid, ar- ginine, phenylalanine, alanine, glycine, glutamine, glutamic acid, lysine, leucine, methionine, asparagine, serine, tyrosine, threonine, isoleucine, tryptophane, proline, and valine.
25. The compound according to claim 24, wherein GH is hGH.
26. The compound according to claim 25, which is hGH-Leu-Ala.
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/815,779 US20090105134A1 (en) | 2005-02-10 | 2006-02-10 | C-Terminally Pegylated Growth Hormones |
EP06708165A EP1850878A2 (en) | 2005-02-10 | 2006-02-10 | C-terminally pegylated growth hormones |
JP2007554560A JP2008531482A (en) | 2005-02-10 | 2006-02-10 | Growth hormone with PEGylated C-terminus |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
DKPA200500195 | 2005-02-10 | ||
DKPA200500195 | 2005-02-10 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2006084888A2 true WO2006084888A2 (en) | 2006-08-17 |
WO2006084888A3 WO2006084888A3 (en) | 2006-11-23 |
Family
ID=36608718
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/EP2006/050822 WO2006084888A2 (en) | 2005-02-10 | 2006-02-10 | C-terminally pegylated growth hormones |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US20090105134A1 (en) |
EP (1) | EP1850878A2 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2008531482A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2006084888A2 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2008098958A1 (en) * | 2007-02-13 | 2008-08-21 | Novo Nordisk Health Care Ag | C-terminal attachment of two chemical groups to peptides |
JP2011518863A (en) * | 2008-04-29 | 2011-06-30 | アセンディス ファーマ エーエス | PEGylated recombinant human growth hormone compound |
WO2013012961A2 (en) | 2011-07-19 | 2013-01-24 | Cellmosaic, Llc | Novel crosslinking reagents, macromolecules, therapeutic conjugates, and synthetic methods thereof |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN103119055A (en) * | 2010-05-17 | 2013-05-22 | 塞比克斯公司 | Pegylated C-Peptide |
Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP0243929A2 (en) | 1986-04-30 | 1987-11-04 | Robin Ewart Offord | Polypeptide and protein derivatives and process for their preparation |
WO1992005271A1 (en) | 1990-09-14 | 1992-04-02 | Ole Buchardt | Process for the preparation of c-terminally amidated peptides |
WO1993000109A1 (en) | 1991-06-28 | 1993-01-07 | Genentech, Inc. | Method of stimulating immune response using growth hormone |
WO1998038285A2 (en) | 1997-02-28 | 1998-09-03 | Carlsberg Laboratory | Mutant carboxypeptidase y and methods for transamidation |
WO2003044056A2 (en) | 2001-11-20 | 2003-05-30 | Pharmacia Corporation | Chemically-modified human growth hormone conjugates |
US20040142870A1 (en) | 2002-11-20 | 2004-07-22 | Finn Rory F. | N-terminally monopegylated human growth hormone conjugates, process for their preparation, and methods of use thereof |
WO2005035553A2 (en) | 2003-10-10 | 2005-04-21 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Conjugation of peptides |
-
2006
- 2006-02-10 WO PCT/EP2006/050822 patent/WO2006084888A2/en active Application Filing
- 2006-02-10 JP JP2007554560A patent/JP2008531482A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2006-02-10 EP EP06708165A patent/EP1850878A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2006-02-10 US US11/815,779 patent/US20090105134A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP0243929A2 (en) | 1986-04-30 | 1987-11-04 | Robin Ewart Offord | Polypeptide and protein derivatives and process for their preparation |
WO1992005271A1 (en) | 1990-09-14 | 1992-04-02 | Ole Buchardt | Process for the preparation of c-terminally amidated peptides |
WO1993000109A1 (en) | 1991-06-28 | 1993-01-07 | Genentech, Inc. | Method of stimulating immune response using growth hormone |
WO1998038285A2 (en) | 1997-02-28 | 1998-09-03 | Carlsberg Laboratory | Mutant carboxypeptidase y and methods for transamidation |
WO2003044056A2 (en) | 2001-11-20 | 2003-05-30 | Pharmacia Corporation | Chemically-modified human growth hormone conjugates |
US20040142870A1 (en) | 2002-11-20 | 2004-07-22 | Finn Rory F. | N-terminally monopegylated human growth hormone conjugates, process for their preparation, and methods of use thereof |
WO2005035553A2 (en) | 2003-10-10 | 2005-04-21 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Conjugation of peptides |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
EXP.OPION. TH ERPA TENT., vol. 14, 2004, pages 859 - 894 |
Cited By (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2008098958A1 (en) * | 2007-02-13 | 2008-08-21 | Novo Nordisk Health Care Ag | C-terminal attachment of two chemical groups to peptides |
JP2011518863A (en) * | 2008-04-29 | 2011-06-30 | アセンディス ファーマ エーエス | PEGylated recombinant human growth hormone compound |
US9272048B2 (en) | 2008-04-29 | 2016-03-01 | Ascendis Pharma Growth Disorders Division A/S | PEGylated recombinant human growth hormone compounds |
US10098930B2 (en) | 2008-04-29 | 2018-10-16 | Ascendis Pharma Endocrinology Division A/S | PEGylated Recombinant Human Growth Hormone Compounds |
US10960053B2 (en) | 2008-04-29 | 2021-03-30 | Ascendis Pharma Endocrinology Division A/S | PEGylated recombinant human growth hormone compounds |
WO2013012961A2 (en) | 2011-07-19 | 2013-01-24 | Cellmosaic, Llc | Novel crosslinking reagents, macromolecules, therapeutic conjugates, and synthetic methods thereof |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP1850878A2 (en) | 2007-11-07 |
US20090105134A1 (en) | 2009-04-23 |
WO2006084888A3 (en) | 2006-11-23 |
JP2008531482A (en) | 2008-08-14 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
EP2461831B1 (en) | Growth hormones with prolonged in-vivo efficacy | |
US20190203213A1 (en) | Growth Hormones with Prolonged In-Vivo Efficacy | |
RU2385879C2 (en) | Method of conjugating peptides, mediated by transglutaminase | |
US9175061B2 (en) | Protein conjugates and methods for their preparation | |
US20100197573A1 (en) | Transglutaminase Mediated Conjugation of Growth Hormone | |
US20080182783A1 (en) | Growth Hormone Conjugates | |
EP1850878A2 (en) | C-terminally pegylated growth hormones | |
EP2121952A1 (en) | Modulating enzymatic processes by addition of diolcontaining substances | |
US20080274075A1 (en) | Poly(Ethylene Glycol) Derivatives and Process For Their Coupling to Proteins | |
ES2745484T3 (en) | Growth hormones with prolonged efficacy in vivo | |
KR20070017494A (en) | Transglutaminase mediated conjugation of peptides |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application | ||
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2006708165 Country of ref document: EP |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2007554560 Country of ref document: JP |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
WWP | Wipo information: published in national office |
Ref document number: 2006708165 Country of ref document: EP |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 11815779 Country of ref document: US |